Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

С английского на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

points point

Толкование Перевод

1 ἅπτω

ἅπτω, [tense] fut. ἅψω: [tense] aor. ἧψα:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. ἧμμαι, [dialect] Ion.

A ἅμμαι Hdt.1.86
: [tense] fut. ἅψομαι Od.9.379
, ἁφθήσομαι ([etym.] συν-) Gal.3.311:—[voice] Med., v.infr. (cf. ἑάφθη):— fasten or bind to, used by Hom., once in [voice] Act., ἅψας ἀμφοτέρωθεν.. ἔντερον οἰός (of a lyre-string) Od.21.408; once in [voice] Med., ἁψαμένη βρόχον.. ἀφ' ὑψηλοῖο μελάθρου having fastened the noose to the beam (to hang herself), 11.278; so later ἅψεται ἀμφὶ βρόχον.. δείρᾳ E.Hipp. 770
; ἁψαμένη βρόχον αὐχένι A.R.1.1065
:—[voice] Act., βρόχους ἅ. κρεμαστούς E.Or. 1036
; but βρόχῳ ἅ. δέρην Id.Hel. 136
, cf. AP7.493 (Antip. Thess.).

2 join, ἅ. χορόν A.Eu. 307
; πάλην τινὶ ἅ. fasten a contest in wrestling on one, engage with one, Id.Ch. 868: —[voice] Pass., ἅπτεσθαι τὴν Μεγαρέων πόλιν καὶ Κορινθίων τοῖς τείχεσιν Arist.Pol. 1280b14
.

II more freq. in [voice] Med., ἅπτομαι, [tense] fut. ἅψομαι, [tense] aor. ἡψάμην E.Supp. 317
, with [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. ἧμμαι S.Tr. 1010
(lyr.), Pl. Phdr. 260e:—fasten oneself to, grasp, c.gen., ἅψασθαι γούνων Il.1.512
; χειρῶν 10.377
; ἁψαμένη δὲ γενείου Ὀδυσσῆα προσέειπεν Od.19.473
; ἅπτεσθαι νηῶν Il.2.152
; βρώμης δ' οὐχ ἅπτεαι οὐδὲ ποτῆτος; Od.10.379
, cf. 4.60; ὡς δ' ὅτε τίς τε κύων συὸς.. ἅπτηται κατόπισθε.. ἰσχία τε γλουτούς τε Il.8.339
; ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐπεόντος ἐπὶ τῶν δενδρέων καρποῦ Hdt.2.32
; τῶν τύμβων ἁπτόμενοι Id.4.172
; ἅπτεσθαί τινος, Lat. manus inicere alicui, Id.3.137; οὔτ' ἔθιγεν οὔθ' ἥψαθ' ἡμῶν E.Ba. 617
; τῶν σφυγμῶν feel the pulse, Arr.Epict.3.22.73: metaph., take hold of, cleave to, Pl.Lg. 967c.

b abs., τῶν μὲν γὰρ πάντων βέλε' ἅπτεται for the spears of all the Trojans reach their mark, Il.17.631; ἀμφοτέρων βέλε' ἥπτετο 8.67
.

c ἅ. τῆς γῆς
land, D.S.4.48
.

III metaph., engage in, undertake, βουλευμάτων S.Ant. 179
; ἀγῶνος E. Supp. 317
; πολέμου prosecute it vigorously, Th.5.61; ἧπται τοῦ πράγματος D.21.155
; ψυχὴ ἡμμένη φόνων Pl.Phd. 108b
, cf. E.IT 381; τῶν μεγίστων ἀσεβημάτων Plb.7.13.6
; so ἅ. τῆς μουσικῆς καὶ φιλοσοφίας Pl.R. 411c
; ἐπιτηδεύματος ib. 497e; γεωμετρίας Id.Plt. 266a
; τῆς θαλάττης Plb.1.24.7
; ἅπτεσθαι λόγου E.Andr. 662
, Pl.Euthd. 283a (but ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ λόγου attack, impugn the argument of another, Id.Phd. 86d); τούτων ἥψατο touched on these points, handled them, Th.1.97; ἅ. τῆς ζητήσεως Arist.GC 320b34
; but also, touch on, treat superficially, Pl.Lg. 694c, Arist.EE 1227a1.

b abs., begin, set to work, ταῖς διανοίαις Ar.Ec. 581
.

2 fasten upon, attack, Pi.N.8.22, A.Ag. 1608, etc.; μόνον τῷ δακτύλῳ Ar.Lys. 365
; τῆς οὐραγίας Plb.2.34.12
; esp. with words, Hdt.5.92.γ; of diseases, ἧπταί μου S.Tr. 1010
, cf. Gal.15.702; ἥψατο τῶν ἀνθρώπων Th.2.48
; ὅσα ἅπτεται ἀνθρώπων all that feed on human flesh, ib.50.

b lay hands on, χρημάτων Pl.Lg. 913a
; τῶν ἀλλοτρίων Id.R. 360b
, etc.

3 touch, affect, ἄλγος οὐδὲν ἅπτεται νεκροῦ A.Fr. 255
, cf. S.OC 955; ἅπτει μου τοῖς λόγοις τῆς ψυχῆς Pl. Ion 535a
; τῆς ἐμῆς ἥψω φρενός E.Rh. 916
; ὥς μου χρησμὸς ἅ. φρενῶν Ar.Eq. 1237
; make an impression upon, ἡμῶν OGI315.56
(Pessinus, ii B. C.).

4 grasp with the senses, perceive, S.OC 1550, Pl.Phd. 99e; apprehend, τῆς αἰτίας Arist.Resp. 472a3
.

5 have intercourse with a woman, Pl.Lg. 84ca, Arist.Pol. 1335b40, 1 Ep.Cor. 7.1; εὐνῆς E.Ph. 946
.

6 come up to, reach, overtake, X.HG5.4.43; attain, τῆς ἀληθείας Pl.Phd. 65b
; τοῦ τέλους Id.Smp. 211b
: in Pi., c. dat., ἀγλαΐαις P.10.28
; στάλαισιν Ἡρακλείαις Id.I.4(3).12
; but also c. gen., Ἡρακλέος σταλᾶν Id.O.3.44
.

7 make use of, avail oneself of, τῆς τύχης E.IA56
.

8 Geom., of bodies and surfaces, to be in contact, Arist.Ph. 231a22, cf. Metaph. 1002a34, al., S.E.M.3.35; of lines or curves, meet, Euc.3Def.2; touch, Id.4Def.5, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.28; pass through a point, Euc.4Defs.2,6; of points, lie on a line or curve, ib.Defs.1,3; ἅπτεται τὸ σημεῖον θέσει δεδομένης εὐθείας the locus of the point is a given straight line, Id. ap. Papp.656.6,al.

B [voice] Act., kindle, set on fire (i.e. by contact of fire), Hdt.8.52, etc. (so in [voice] Med., Call.Dian. 116); ἐρείκης θωμὸν ἅψαντες πυρί A.Ag. 295
: metaph., πυρσὸν ὕμνων Pi.I.4(3).43
:—[voice] Pass., to be set on fire, ὁ μοχλὸς ἐλάϊνος ἐν πυρὶ μέλλεν ἅψεσθαι Od.9.379
; ὡς ἅφθη τάχιστα τὸ λήιον.. ἅψατο νηοῦ as soon as the corn caught fire, it set fire to the temple, Hdt.1.19; πυρῆς ἤδη ἁμμένης ib.86; ἧπται πυρί E.Hel. 107
.

II ἅ. πῦρ kindle a fire, ib. 503:—[voice] Pass., ἄνθρακες ἡμμένοι red-hot embers, Th.4.100; δᾷδ' ἐνεγκάτω τις ἡμμένην Ar.Nu. 1490
, cf. Pl. 301.

III cook, Alex.124.1.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἅπτω
2 ἐπί

ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)

A ἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

A WITH GEN.:

I of Place,

1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
; ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
; ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
; κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα) ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356; οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
; ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
; ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
; οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
; πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.; ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190; γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.); νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
; ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.); οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
; τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b; τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
; ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118; οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns, ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153; κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.

2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21; ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).

b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.

c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom., εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32; οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
; ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
; ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
; ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.; αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16
; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d
, cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.

d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79
; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line, ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X., ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.

e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of, ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
; ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official, ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14; γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
; τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
; πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).

f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of, ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
; ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
; αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.; τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
; τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.); ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
; τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
; οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
; ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.; ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12
.

3 implying Motion:

a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80; ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
; τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.

b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf. εἰς A.1.2
, ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45; ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39; ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
; τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places, ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
; πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1; ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.

c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7; ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;
ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to.., Pl.Prt. 358b
; cf. infr. B. 111.2.

II of Time, in the time of, ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332; ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.; ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
; ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.; ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.; ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36; αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403; ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.); ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.

b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.

III in various causal senses:

1 over, of persons in authority, ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5; ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
; ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.

2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45; ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
: ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.

3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183; ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
; ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
; ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17; τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
; ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
; ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
; ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.); ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).

4 in respect of, ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning, τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).

B WITH DAT.:

I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):

1 with Verbs of Rest, ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
; ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
; στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240; ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
; ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351
(v.l. for ἐν) ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
; τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
; ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near, ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
; ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside, ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.; ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
; ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.

b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400
; also, over or in honour of, ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81
, cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.

c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to, ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
; ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
; δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.; ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87; νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.

d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120; ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
; ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).

e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ' ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308; ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277; ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals, τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.; γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρ ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
; παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.

f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.

g. in dependence upon, in the power of, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.; ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
; ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.; τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.

h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56; ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
; ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).

i. of condition or circumstances in which one is, ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228
(lyr.); ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
; ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
; ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2; ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
; ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).

k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.

2. with Verbs of Motion:

a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support, ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
; θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
; καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. ψαμάθοις 23.853
; ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας βαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.

b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
; καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ' ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273; νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.

c. rarely for εἰς c.acc., νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.

d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
; ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
; ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
; κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
; ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι τετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13; ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).

II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529; ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105; ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1; ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
; ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.

2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.; ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.; τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.

3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665
A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection, ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122; ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
; ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574; δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
; ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ. δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.

2. of an end or purpose, υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44; ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
; ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
; ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.); ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10; ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66; ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
; ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.; τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).

3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.; ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20; ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry, τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαί τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
; τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of.., ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.

4. of the price for which.., ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .
ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200; ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
; ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;
ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for
225
per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed, δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνου κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
; ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
; δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.

5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται.. ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
; ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; so ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖν ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ. ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).

6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221; ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
; οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
; σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ στρατεύματι Th.6.29
; ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33; οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
; ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.

7. in possession of, possessing, ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2; ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
; ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.); ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.

C. WITH Acc.:

I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
; προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43; ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218; Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
; θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.

b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).

2. to, ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ. τεῖχος 12.443
; ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
; ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
; ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers., βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest, ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
; παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.

b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127; ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
; ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.

c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]), παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
; ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων ἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements, πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron., τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσον ἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97; ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ. πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
; ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259; ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs., ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.

d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e), ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79); ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.

e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.

3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. κέρας v11
): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.; ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.

4. in hostile sense, against, ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
; ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.; ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90
; πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.

5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης 2.159
; ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350
; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771; ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
; ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4; ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on, δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765; ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11; ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
; ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among, κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535; δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.

II. of Time, for or during a certain time, ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193: πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
; παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
; ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
; ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d; γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20; ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.

2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
; οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421; ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
; ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers., ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555; κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
; κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83; ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394; ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
; κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.; καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b
, etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256; ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434; ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμος ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun, ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.

2. so far as regards, τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
; ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12; τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.; ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
; κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ. μέγα Call.Dian.55
.

3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24; ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.; ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.

4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.

D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb, ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.

II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).

E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.; πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).

II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ ἐπέων 11.367
; ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).

F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ἐπέχω v11
). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).

G. IN COMPOSITION:

I. of Place, denoting,

1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.

2. Motion,

a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.

b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.

c. against, ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.

d. up to a point, ἐπιτελέω.

e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.

f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.

g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.

3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.

4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.

5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.

6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.

II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.

III. in causal senses:

1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.

2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.

3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.

4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί
3 ἄχρι

ἄχρι (Hom.+) this form, which is Attic (Phryn. 14; Moeris 32; Meisterhans³-Schw. 219, 39) is found in NT almost exclusively (Just., only D. 64, 6; Tat. 38, 2); the H. Gk. ἄχρις (SIG 958, 37; s. Schwyzer I 405 on Hom. usage) occurs only Gal 3:19 (throughout the ms. tradition) and Hb 3:13 (predom.), each case before vowels. For the adoption of ἄχρις, in accordance w. t.r., in other edd. s. S. and Vog. on Ac 7:18; 1 Cor 11:26; 15:25; Phil. 1:6; S., Vog., Bov. on Ac 11:5; S., Vog., M. on Rom 11:25; S., Vog., M., Bov. on Rv 2:25 (Just. has ἄχρις ἄν three times; once [A I, 35, 1] ἄχρις before verb with initial vowel. On the Apostol. Fathers s. Reinhold 37. On the whole, B-D-F §21; W-S. §5, 28b; Mayser 243f; Crönert 144, 3). A function word used to indicate an interval between two points

① marker of continuous extent of time up to a point, until

ⓐ used as prep. w. gen. (Hom., less oft. in Att., but s. Demosth.; B-D-F §216, 3)

α. of time until (2 Macc 14:15; Tat. 38, 2) ἄ. ἧς ἡμέρας until the day when Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2, 22 v.l.; ἄ. τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης (BChilds, JBL 82, ’63, 279–92: OT background) 2:29; 23:1; 26:22; ἄ. καιροῦ for a while Lk 4:13 (ἄ. χρόνου D); until the time determined by God Ac 13:11. ἄ. χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως 3:21. ἄ. αὐγῆς until sunrise Ac 20:11 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 215 ἄχρι τῆς ἕω); ἄ. τοῦ δεῦρο (Plut., Anton. 34, 9 [without art.]; Jos., Ant. 10, 265) until now Ro 1:13; ἄ. τοῦ νῦν (Timostratus [II B.C.] 1; cp. Lucian, Tim. 39; Plut., Rom. 15, 3; Philo, Abr. 182) 8:22; Phil 1:5.—1 Cor 4:11; 2 Cor 3:14; Gal 4:2; Phil 1:6; ἄ. τέλους (Plut., Demosth. 851 [13, 2], Fab. Max. 183 [16, 8]) to the end Hb 6:11; Rv 2:26; ἄ. ἡμερῶν πέντε within five days Ac 20:6. ἄ. νόμου until the time when (or better, before) the law was given Ro 5:13 (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 248 ἄ. νομίμων γάμων=until the time of the lawful marriage). Cp. Mt 13:30 v.l.

β. in ref. to acts or conditions that prevail up to a certain point (SIG 1109, 84 ἄ. πληγῶν ἔρχεσθαι; Simplicius in Epict. p. 29, 7 ἄ. θανάτου σχεδόν of the lashings by the Spartans) διώκειν ἄ. θανάτου persecute to the death Ac 22:4; πιστὸς ἄ. θανάτου faithful unto death Rv 2:10; cp. 12:11 (s. SibOr 2, 47). ἄ. τῆς ἀγνοίας so long as he does not know Hm 4, 1, 5.

ⓑ used as conj. (B-D-F §383; 455, 3; Rob. 974)

α. w. rel. ἄχρι οὗ (=ἄχρι χρόνου ᾧ) until the time when w. past indic. (X., Hell. 6, 4, 37 ἄχρι οὗ ὅδε ὁ λόγος ἐγράφετο; Jos., Ant. 11, 111) ἄ. οὗ ἀνέστη Ac 7:18; ἄ. οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι until the day began to dawn 27:33. W. aor. subj. (Hdt. 1, 117; SIG 799, 26; POxy 104, 18; 507, 30; BGU 19 I, 5; Job 32:11) Lk 21:24; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; 15:25; Gal 3:19; w. ἄν: ἄχρι οὗ ἄν (Hippocr., περὶ συρίγγων 3 [6, 450]) Gal 3:19 v.l.; Rv 2:25.— as long as (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 16; Plut., Mor. 601e; cp. 2 Macc 14:10) ἄ. οὗ τὸ σήμερον καλεῖται as long as it is still called ‘today’ Hb 3:13.

β. without rel., used w. aor. subj. until (POxy 491, 8; 1215, 3; Just., A I, 35, 1) Rv 7:3; 15:8; 17:17 v.l.; 20:3, 5. W. ἄν and aor. subj. (X., An. 2, 3, 2; SIG 972, 26f; BGU 419, 11; 830, 13 ἄ. ἄν σοι ἔλθω; PGM 5, 58; Jos., Ant. 12, 152; ParJer 7:24; Just., D. 103, 3) Gal 3:19 v.l. W. fut. ind. (SibOr 1, 273) Rv 17:17.—LRydbeck, Fachprosa, ’67, 144–53.

② marker of extension up to a certain point, as far as (SIG 937; Judg 11:33 B; Just., D. 64, 6) short ending of Mk; ἦλθεν ἄ. ἐμοῦ it came to where I was Ac 11:5; cp. 13:6; 20:4 v.l.; 28:15; ἄ. τούτου τοῦ λόγου as far as this word 22:22; ἄ. καὶ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 10:13f; ἄ. μερισμοῦ as far as the separation Hb 4:12; cp. Rv 14:20; 18:5.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἄχρι
4 πρός

πρός, Prep., expressing direction,

A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:

I of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
; τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).

2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430; εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
; ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
; ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110; οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84; π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
; π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc., π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
; τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.

3 before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
; οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,

b in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.); ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.

4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
; π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760; π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
; π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
; μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
; μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15; π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
; ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
; μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.

5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99; Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d; ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
; οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305; ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.

II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:

1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc., ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.; τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
; δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7
; φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
; τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527; λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
; κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.; μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357; ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79; ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
; οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73; π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949; τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
; αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
; ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst., τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
; ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
; ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
; ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
; πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
; π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.); ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.

2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.

III of dependence or close connexion: hence,

1 dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.

2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.; π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.

IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636; οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.; π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.; οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc., π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211; οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;
εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly, Id.R. 470c
; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12; τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13; π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.

B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423; ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί) ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24; δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
; νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
; π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
; π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
; π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855; π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
; π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ') αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
; τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
; αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.; τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.

2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22; ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
; π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.

3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80; με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298
, cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420; ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.

4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418; προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
; πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
; προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;
π. τινί
close to, Men. Epit. 204
.

II to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d; ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
; ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
); ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
; π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.); ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22; ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).

III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;
π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to, A.Pr. 323
, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3; ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90; δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
; τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e; π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg., π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.

C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:

I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.; ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
; βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
; κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.

2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66; ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
; ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
; ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
; ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
; πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
; π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
; τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later, ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
; ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;
ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside, Supp.Epigr.6.106
([place name] Cotiaeum).

b of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46
(Argos, v B. C.); ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.

3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.; ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26; ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
; στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40; π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; also ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4; π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27; πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
; πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.

4 in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
; ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98; βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
; γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
; χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
; π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
; ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
; ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
; ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
; ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.; μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.

5 without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359; ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
; μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.; ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.; ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron., διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60; π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931; ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.

b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.

6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235; ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6; ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
; γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61; π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
; π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
; π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; also σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6; παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.; ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
; ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
; εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219; κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
; π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.); ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.

b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39; ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
; ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
; τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.; τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10; τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.

7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc., τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
; ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11
([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6; τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.

II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
; ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
; πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
; ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
; π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
; π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312
; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.

III of Relation between two objects,

1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441; μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;
οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of.., Arist.APr. 24a25
, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.); π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44; λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.; π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia); ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus); π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs., ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.

2 in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;
π. τὴν φήμην
in view of.., Id.3.153
, cf. Th.8.39; χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
; ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,
π. τί;
wherefore? to what end? S.OT 766
, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;
π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so, Hdt.5.9
,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.

3 in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b; ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182; ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
; ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
; ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6; ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.

b with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.); θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.

c = πρός B. 11, ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
; ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.

4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
; ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
; π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44; πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10; τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
; ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; also ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
; ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος) ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4; πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph., π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.); τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.); θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.); τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.); ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.); οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2; λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2; π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
; π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan; μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic); π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3); π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.
κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
; π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56; π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.); π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4; προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.

5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.; π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
; ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.; εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226; ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
; π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;
π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to.., E.Hipp. 701
; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2; ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.

6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.; π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.

7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.); π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
; τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657); π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.); π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.); οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19; π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
; π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773; οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
; ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133; πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152; π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);
π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of, E.Med. 538
; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.); π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119; π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.; π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32; π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3; π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.

8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.

D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207; π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
; καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.; καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e; καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
; καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
; ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610; ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.

E IN COMPOS.,

I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.

II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.

III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.

F REMARKS,

1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.

2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.

3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron., πρός με S.Aj. 292
, Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός
5 πᾶς

πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, [dialect] Aeol. [full] παῖς,

A παῖσα Sapph.Supp.13.8
,21.2, 20a.14, Alc.Supp.12.6, 25.8 ; Cret., Thess., Arc. fem. [full] πάνσα GDI 4976 ([place name] Gortyn), IG9(2).234.2 (Pharsalus, iii B.C.), 5(2).343.16 (Orchom. Arc., iv B. C.): gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός : gen. pl. masc. and neut. πάντων, fem. πᾱσῶν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. πᾱσέων, [dialect] Ep. also πᾱσάων [σᾱ] Od.6.107 : dat. pl. masc. and neut. πᾶσι, [dialect] Ep. and Delph. πάντεσσι Il.14.246
, IG22.1126.22,44; also [dialect] Locr. πάντεσιν Berl.Sitzb.1927.8
(V B.C.); Delph. πάντεσι SIG452.5
(iii B.C.); πάντοις GDI2652
(Delph., ii B.C.), Tab.Defix.Aud. 75.8: πᾶν as acc. masc. in LXX, π. ἄνδρα, οἰκέτην, οἶκον, 1 Ki.11.8, Ex. 12.44, Je.13.11. [[dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. πάν [ᾰ] Hdn.Gr.2.12, Pi.O.2.85, Sapph. Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 5,al., and [dialect] Att. in compds., as ἅπᾰν, πάμπᾰν, etc. (but in compds. sts. long in [dialect] Att., AB416).]—Coll. Pron., when used of a number, all; when of one only, the whole; of the several persons in a number, every.

I in pl., all, πάντες τε θεοὶ πᾶσαί τε θέαιναι Il.8.5
, etc. ; πάντες ὅσοι .. Od.1.11, etc. ; πάντας ᾧ ἂνπεριτυγχάνῃ, for ὅσοις ἄν, Pl.R. 566d : also with the Art., v.infr. B.

2 strengthd. by Advbs., ἅμα πάντες all together, Il.24.253, etc. ; πάντες ἅμα 1.495
(in Prose commonly ἅπαντες, but not always, v. Hdt.9.23, X.Cyr.1.3.10, etc.): with a collect. noun, ἅμα πᾶς ὁ δῆμος D.H.2.14
; πάντες ὁμῶς Il.15.98
; ὁμοῦ πάντες S.El. 715
; πάντα μάλα Il.22.115
, Od.5.216, etc. ; πάντες ὁμοίως D.20.85
, etc.

3 with [comp] Sup., πάντες ἄριστοι all the noblest, Il.9.3, Od.4.272, etc.

4 consisting or composed wholly of, i.e. nothing but, only, φρουρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων πολεμίων Pl. R. 579b
; ἐκ πασῶν δυνάμεων συνεστώς Corp.Herm. 13.2
; cf.11.2.

II sg., all, the whole, πᾶς δ' ἄρα χαλκῷ λάμπε Il.11.65
, cf. 13.191 ; πᾶσα ὕλη all the wood, Hes.Op. 511, cf. Th. 695, etc. ; πᾶσα ἀληθείη all the truth, Il.24.407, Od.11.507; τὴν φάτνην ἐοῦσαν χαλκέην πᾶσαν all of bronze, Hdt.9.70 ; ἦν ἡ μάχη καρτερὰ καὶ ἐν χερσὶ πᾶσα, ἦν γὰρ τὸ χωρίον πρόσαντες πᾶν, Th.4.43, etc. ; πᾶν κράτος the whole power, sovereign power, S.Ph. 142 (lyr.); τὸ πᾶν κράτος Hdt.6.35
; μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας D.18.305
; πᾶσα ἀνάγκη Pl.Phdr. 240a
; πᾶσαι δ' ὠΐγνυντο πύλαι, πᾶσαι γὰρ ἐπῴχατο [πύλαι], the whole gate was open (shut), i.e. the gate was wide open, quite shut, Il.2.809, 12.340, as expld. by Aristarch. ; v. infr. B.

2 as in 1.4, with attraction, ὁ πάντ' ἄναλκις οὗτος, ἡ πᾶσα βλάβη who is nought but mischief, S.El. 301, cf. Ph. 622, 927.

III every, οἱ δ' ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἔχοντες.. πᾶς πέτεται Il.16.265
, cf. Od.13.313, S.El. 972, E.Ba. 1131, 1135 ; ἄκουε πᾶς, = ἀκούετε πάντες, Ar.Th. 372; πᾶς χώρει Id. Pax 555
: with partit. gen., παντὶ βροτῶν (v.l. βροτῷ) Pi.O.1.100; πᾶς τοῦτό γ' Ἑλλήνων θροεῖ S.OC 597
; τῶν ἀνθρώπων πᾶς D.Chr.3.70
; also πᾶς ἀνήρ S.Aj. 1366
, Ar.Ra. 1125, etc. ; πᾶσα ἀνθρώπου ψυχή Pl.Phdr. 249e
: with the Art., v. infr. B; πᾶς τις every single one, Thgn.621, Hdt.1.50, 3.79, S.Aj.28, etc. ; πᾶς τις βροτῶν Id.El. 984
, cf.OC25, etc. ; πᾶς ὅστις .. Id.Aj. 1413 ; πᾶν ὅσον .. A.Pr. 787, etc.

2 less freq., any one, τὸ μὲν ἐπιτιμᾶν.. φήσαιτις ἂν.. παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; παντὸς ἀνδρός [ἐστι] γνῶναι Pl. Ion 532e
; χαλεπόν τι καὶ οὐχὶ παντός Id.Alc.1.129a
; παντὸς ἀκούοντος .. when any one hears.., Ev.Matt.13.19 ; ἀμήχανον δὲ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐκμαθεῖν ψυχήν any man's soul, S.Ant. 175 ; πάντων ἀποστερεῖσθαι λυπηρόν to be deprived of anything, D.18.5 ; cf. D. 111.2, VI.

B with the Art., in the sense of all, the whole, when the Subst. is to be strongly specified, πᾶς being put either before the Art. or after the Subst., πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν all his force, Hdt.1.214 ; τὰ ἀγαθὰ πάντα X.An.3.1.20
(s. v. l.): with abstract Nouns and others which require the Art., πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα A.Pr. 101
; πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν Th.6.87
; τὰ τῆς πόλεως π. all the affairs of state, Lys. 19.48, etc.: emphatically, τὰς νέας τὰς πάσας Hdt.7.59
.

II πᾶς is put between the Art. and Subst., to denote totality (V. A. 11), ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμός A.Pers. 339
; τὴν πᾶσαν ἵππον Hdt.1.80
; τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος Th.8.93
; οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι absolutely all.., X.An.5.6.7, etc. ; so πᾶν the neut.with the Art. itself becomes a Subst., τὸ πᾶν the whole, A.Pr. 275, 456, etc., v. infr. D. IV; τὰ πάντα the whole, Id.Eu.415 ; τοῖς πᾶσιν in all points, Th.2.64, 5.28 ; οἱ πάντες all of them, Hdt.1.80 ; but also, the community, opp. οἱ ὀλίγοι, Th.4.86 ; ἡ μὲν [τάξις] πάντα ἕν, ἡ δὲ πάντα ὅλον, ἡ δὲ πάντα πᾶν all things as a unity, as a totality, as an integral sum, Dam.Pr. 206.

C with Numerals to mark an exact number, ἐννέα πάντες full nine, Od.8.258, cf. 24.60 ; ἐννέα πάντ' ἔτεα Hes. Th. 803
; δέκα πάντα τάλαντα Il.19.247
, etc. ; but κτήνεα τὰ θύσιμα πάντα τρισχίλιαἔθυσε 3
, 000 of all kinds, Hdt.1.50 ; τὸν ἀρχιτέκτονα.. ἐδωρήσατο πᾶσι δέκα with ten presents of all kinds, Id.4.88 ; Παυσανίῃ πάντα δέκα ἐξαιρέθη Id.9.81
; τὰ πάντα μυρία Id.3.74
; πάντα θύειν ἑκατόν Pi.Fr. 170
; πάντα χίλια ἔθυεν Porph.Abst.2.60
.

II with the Art., in all, οἱ πάντες.. εἷς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα Hdt.9.70
, cf. 1.214, Th.1.60, 3.85, etc. ; τριήρεις.. τὰς πάσας ἐς διακοσίας Id.1.100
, cf. 7.1 ; ἐν εἴκοσι ταῖς πάσαις ἡμέραις Arr.An.1.11.5
.

D Special Usages: in dat. pl. masc. πᾶσι, with or in the judgement of all, Il.2.285, S.OC 1446 ; ὁ πᾶσι κλεινός Id.OT8
; κράτιστον πᾶσιν Οἰδίπου κάρα ib.40.

2 fem. pl., ἔδοξε πάσαις (sc. ταῖς ψήφοις ) carried unanimously, IG12(3).168.14 (Astypalaea, ii/i B. C.), cf. Luc. Bis Acc. 18,22.

II neut. pl. πάντα all kinds of things, Hom., freq. in phrase δαίδαλα πάντα, Il.5.60,al. ; οἰωνοῖσι πᾶσι 1.5
.

2 πάντα γιγνόμενος becoming all things, i. e. assuming every shape, Od.4.417.

3 πάντα εἶναί τινι to be everything to one, ἦν οἱ.. τὰ πάντα ἡ Κυνώ Hdt.1.122
; ἦσάν οἱ πάντα —ἅπαντα codd.) αἱ Συρήκουσαι Id.7.156
; Εὔβοια αὐτοῖς πάντα ἦν Th.8.95
; πάντ' ἐκεῖνος ἦν αὐτοῖς D.18.43
; π. ἦν Ἀλέξανδρος (sc. ὑμῖν) Id.23.120 ; π. εἶναι ἔν τισι to be all in all among them, Hdt.3.157.

4 πάντα as Adv. for πάντως, in all points, entirely, wholly, π. νοήμονες Od.13.209
; π. γὰρ οὐ κακός εἰμι 8.214
; ὁ πάντ' ἄναλκις S.El. 301
; τῷ πάντ' ἀγαθῷ Id.Aj. 1415
(anap.); τὸν πάντ' ἄριστον Id.OC 1458
; πάντ' ἐπιστήμης πλέων Id.Ant. 721
(hence παντάγαθος, παντάριστος, etc. as compd. words); τὰ πολλὰ π. almost throughout, Hdt.5.67, cf. 1.203, 2.35 ; but τὰ π. in every way, by all means, altogether, Id.5.97 ; οἰόμενοι τὰ π. νικᾶν X. An.2.1.1
; ὁ τὰ π. φιλαίτατος Theoc.7.98
; also ἐς τὰ π. Th.4.81 ; κατὰ π. ibid., Pl.Ti. 30d.

III neut. sg., τὸ πᾶν the whole (V. B. 11), περὶ τοῦ π. δρόμον θέειν Hdt.8.74
; πολλοῦ γε καὶ τοῦ π. ἐλλείπω A. Pr. 961
; τοῦ π. ἡμαρτηκέναι Pl.Phdr. 235e
; ἄξιοι τοῦ π. Id.Sph. 216c ; τὸ πᾶν as Adv., completely, altogether, A.Supp. 781 (lyr.), S.El. 1009, Pl.Lg. 959a, etc. (but, for all that, nevertheless, A.D.Synt.188.27): with neg., at all, οὐκ ἠξίωσαν οὐδὲ προσβλέψαι τὸ πᾶν A.Pr. 217
, etc. ; also πᾶν alone, Hdt.1.32, etc.

b in Philos., τὸ πᾶν the universe, Emp.13, Pythag. ap. Arist.Cael. 268a11, Pl.Ti. 28c, 30b, etc.; including τὸ κενόν (opp. τὸ ὅλον), Placit.2.1.7 ; also, Pythag. name for ten, Iamb. in Nic.p.118P., Theol.Ar.59.

c τῷ παντί in every point, altogether, X.HG7.5.12, etc.

d τὸ π., = μολυβδόχαλκος, Ps.- Democr. Alch.p.56 B., Maria ap.Zos.Alch.p.192 B.

2 πᾶν anything, πᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ στρατιήν οἱ ἐδίδου Hdt.4.162
; εἴη δ' ἂν πᾶν anything is possible, ib. 195 ; πᾶν ποιῶν by any means whatever, Pl.Ap. 39a (also πᾶν ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν ibid. ; πᾶν ποιεῖν ὥστε .. Id.Phd. 114c), cf. Pi.I. 4(3).48 ; πᾶν ἂν ἔπραξαν Lys.9.16
: more freq. in pl., πάντα ποιῶν Id.12.84
, D.21.2 ; π. ποιεῖν ὅπως .. X.HG7.4.21 ; πάντα τολμῶν S.OC 761
; cf. A. 111.2.

3 ἐπὶ πᾶν on the whole, in general, Pl.Lg. 875d ; ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν εἰπεῖν Id.Euthd. 279e
, etc.; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐπὶ πᾶν ἀργόν Th.3.82
.

4 παντὸς μᾶλλον more than anything, i. e. above all, Pl.Cri. 49b, Prt. 344b, Grg. 527b ; π. μᾶλλον οὐ Id.Phdr. 228d
: in answers, π. γε μᾶλλον quite so, Id.Phd. 67b.

IV with Preps., εἰς πᾶν προελήλυθε μοχθηρίας D.3.3
; ἐς τὸ πᾶν altogether, A.Ag. 682 (lyr.), Eu.52,83 ; ἐν παντὶ ἀθυμίας εἶναι to be in utter despair, Th.7.55 : more freq. ἐν παντὶ εἶναι, ἐν παντὶ κακοῦ εἶναι, to be in great danger or fear, Pl.Smp. 194a, R. 579b ; ἐν π. γενέσθαι Id.Euthd. 301a
; ἐμ παντὶ ἐοῦσα IG42(1).122.27
(Epid., iv B. C.); ἐν παντὶ εἶναι μή .. to be in great fear lest.., X.HG5.4.29 ; ἐς πᾶν κακοῦ ἀπίκατο Hdt.7.118
; ἐς πᾶν ἀφικέσθαι X.HG6.1.12
; εἰς πᾶν ἐλθεῖν D.54.13
; ἐπὶ πᾶσιν in all things, καιρὸς δ' ἐπὶ π. ἄριστος Hes.Op. 694
; but also, finally, Philostr.VS2.11.1, al. ; περὶ παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι esteem above all,X.HG7.1.26, An.1.9.16 ; πρὸ παντὸς εὔχεσθαι wish above all, Pl.Phdr. 239e ; διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου) for ever, continually, S.Aj. 705 (lyr.), Th.1.38, etc. ; also, altogether, Pl.R. 407d ; διὰ πάντων Id.Sph. 254b
; ὁ κατὰ πάντων λόγος the common formula, PMag.Par.1.2186 ; ἡ κ. π. τελετή ib.1596, PMag.Lond. 121.872 ; μέχρι παντός for ever, Str.8.6.18 ; εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἀεί A.Ch. 684
; ἐς τὸ πᾶν χρόνου Id.Eu. 670
.

V διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν.

VI οὐ πᾶς not any, i.e. none, LXX Ps.142(143).2, Ev.Luc.1.37, Ep.Gal.2.16, al. ; ἄνευ πάσης ταραχῆς without any disturbance, D.S.15.87.

------------------------------------

πᾶς (B), Cypr.,

A = παῖς, Inscr.Cypr. 106, 210 H.

------------------------------------

πᾶς (C),

A = πατήρ (Syracus.), EM651.7.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πᾶς
6 λέσχη

λέσχη Bremmer WAAR?

Grammatical information: f.

Meaning: `room, builing as meeting place' (σ 329, Hes.); `grave' (Rhodos); see H. Bolkestein MAWNied. 84B: 3 (1937) 18ff.

Compounds: ἔλ-λεσχος `commonly talked off' (Hdt. 1, 153; from ἐν λέσχῃ), πρό-λεσχος `eager to talk' (A. Supp. 200; cf. πρό-χειρος a.o.; ἀδο-λέσχης (s.s.v.).

Derivatives: λεσχήν, - ῆνος m. `chatterer' (Timo 46); λεσχην-εῖ ὁμιλεῖ, μυθολογεῖ H. - λεσχαῖος ἐξηγητής, ὁμιλητής H.; λεσχάραι οἷον αἱ σχολαί... (EM561, 17). See Solmsen Wortforsch. 124 f. - Two month names of unclear formation: Λεσχανάσιος (Tegea), Λεσχανόριος (Thessal., Gortyn); also Άπόλλων Λεσχηνόριος (from the λέσχαι which were under his protection?).

Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]

Etymology: Mostly connected with λέχος, from *λέχσκᾱ. As Greek has no nomin. suffix - sk-, and as a k-suffix from the zero grade *λεχσ- is also improbable, one assumes a σκ-present *λέχ-σκ-εται (\> *λέσχεται); but there is no trace of this verb. The same formation was assumed for OHG. lëscan ' löschen' (as `lie down'); also for Celtic, e. g. OIr. lesc `lazy', where it is quite uncertain. - As the room was not for lying down, this etymology (supposing *λεσχεται really existed) is improbable. - Long ago the agreement with Hebr. liškāh was observed. This cannot be ignored. It was assumed that Greek had the word from the Near East (West, East Face 38; not the other way round, ib.), but as the word is isolated in NWSemitic, Schrader (FS Jahrh.feier Univ. Breslau, 1911, 469) already assumed that both languages had it from Anatolia, which seems the most probable interpretation. Thus Fur. 295, 257, who points out that the suffix of λεσχάραι is non-Greek; he also points to the Hebr. variant niškāh, which may point to Anat. l\/n, as in Fur. 388. Thus now Bremmer, WAAR?

See also: weitere Lit. s. λέχεται.

Page in Frisk: 2,107-108

Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > λέσχη
7 ξίφος

ξίφος

Grammatical information: n.

Meaning: `sword with straight double-edged balde' (Il.; see Trümpy Fachausdrücke 60ff.); metaph. of the ξίφος- like bone of the cuttle-fish (Arist.), as plantname = ξιφίον (Thphr.); also σκίφος (sch., EM, H.); on the anlaut Schwyzer 266, Heubeck Würzb. Jb. 4, 201. Myk. qi-si-pe-e (du., Heubeck Minos 6, 55f.)?

Dialectal forms: Myc. qisipee \/ kʷisiphee\/ du.

Compounds: As 1. member a.o. in ξιφη-φόρος `sword-bearing' (A., E.) with analog. - η- (Schwyzer 440); on σκιφα-τόμος s. below. As 2. member in ἄ-ξιφος `swordess' (Lyc., A. D.), adv. ἀξιφ-εί (Hdn.).

Derivatives: 1. ξιφίδιον dimin. (Ar., Th.), also plantname = σπαργάνιον, `swodgrass' (Ps.-Dsc.; Strömberg Pfl.n. 44); 2. ξιφύδριον ( σκιφ- Epich.) name of a shell-animal (medic., H.). 3. ξιφίας ( σκιφ- Epich.) m. `swordfish' (Arist.), also name of a comet (Plin.; Scherer Gestirnnamen 107 ff.); 4. ξιφίον n. kind of swordlily, `Gladiolus segetum' (Thphr., Dsc.); 5. ξιφή-ρης `heavily armed' (E., late prose). 6. ξιφήν ὁ φέρων ξίφος Suid. 7. ξιφίνδα παίζειν = ξιφίζειν (Theognost.). 8. ξιφίζω dance a swoddance' (Cratin.), ἀποξιφίζειν ὀρχεῖσθαι ποιὰν ὄρχησιν, σκιφίζει ξιφίζει. ἔστι δε σχῆμα μαχαιρικῆς ὀρχήσεως H. From there ξιφ-ισμός (Ath., D. C.), - ισμα (Choerob., H.) `sworddance', ξιφιστύς μαχαιρομαχία, μάχη ἐκ χειρῶν H. (Benveniste Noms d'agent 74); but ξιφιστήρ m. (pap., Plu.). - ιστής H. `swordbelt' because of the meaning rather directly from ξίφος; cf. on κορυφιστήρ s. κορυφή. With prefix δια-ξιφίζομαι `fight with the sword' (Ar.), διαξιφισ-μός m. `swordbattle' (Plu.). -- Two further H.glosses: ξίφαι τὰ ἐν ταῖς ῥυκάναις δρέπανα η σιδήρια and (wit metathesis) σκιφίνιον πλέγμα ἐκ φοίνικος (after κοφίνιον a. o.); here also σκιφα-τόμος profession (Sparta I^a) ?; cf. on κίφος.

Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]

Etymology: Etymology unknown; like so many weaponnnames prob. LW [loanword]. For oriental origin (Aram. saj^ǝfā, ārab. saifun, Egypt.. sēfet `sword') a.o. Lewy Fremdw. 176 f., Spiegelberg KZ 41, 127ff., Huber Comm. Aenip. 9, 34, Schrader-Nehring Reallex. 2, 362 f. Wrong IE etymologies in Bq (rejected). New hypothesis by Čop KZ 74, 231 f.: to Osset. äxsirf `sickle', which can go back on IE *ksibhró-. Myc. qisipee points to a labio-velar (possible also for äxsirf), which could have been lost through dissimilation with the following φ; s. Heubeck Minos 6, 55 ff. with further details and lit. On the treatment of the labio-velar cf. also Schwyzer 299. The Myc. form clearly points to Pre-Greek origin; perhaps the forms with σκιφ- also point in this direction. It is well known that Pre-Greek had labio-velars (Beekes, Pre-Greek).

Page in Frisk: 2,

Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ξίφος
8 διαφέρω

διαφέρω, [tense] fut.

A διοίσω S.OT 321
, διοίσομαι h.Merc. 255
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 διήνεγκα, [dialect] Ion. διήνεικα: [tense] aor. 2 διήνεγκον:— carry over or across, δ. ναῦς τὸν Ἰσθμόν Th.8.8
; carry from one to another, διαφέρεις κηρύγματα E.Supp. 382
; [τὸ ἤλεκτρον] διαφέρεται εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας Arist. Mir. 836b6
: metaph., γλῶσσαν διοίσει will put the tongue in motion, will speak, S.Tr. 323 codd.

2 of Time, δ. τὸν αἰῶνα, τὸν βίον, go through life, Hdt.3.40, E.Hel.[10]; νύκτα Id.Rh. 600
: abs., ἄπαις διοίσει ib. 982:—[voice] Med., live, continue, ὑγιηροὶ τἄλλα διαφέρονται Hp. Art.56
; σοῦ διοίσεται μόνος will pass his life apart from thee, S.Aj. 511; σκοπούμενος διοίσει X.Mem.2.1.24
(cj. Dind. for διέσῃ).

3 bear through, bear to the end, σκῆπτρα E.IA 1195
; γαστρὸς ὄγκον δ., of a woman, Id. Ion15, cf. X.Mem.2.2.5: hence,

4 bear to the end, go through with, πόλεμον Hdt.1.25
, Th.1.11; but also, bear the burden of war, Id.6.54; endure, support, with an Adv., ῥᾷστα γὰρ τὸ σόν τε σὺ κἀγὼ διοίσω τοὐμόν S.OT 321
; δ. πότμον δάκρυσι E.Hipp. 1143
(lyr.): abs., of patients in disease, δ. ἕως τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων ἡμερέων Hp.Int.40
; δ. φθειρόμενος ib.12 (also ἡ νοῦσος δ. ἐννέα ἔτεα ibid.).

II carry different ways, Ar.Lys. 570, etc.; δ. ἕκαστα εἰς τὰς χώρας τὰς προσηκούσας X.Oec.9.8
; toss about, ὅπλισμα.. διαφέρων ἐσφενδόνα E.Supp. 715
; δ. τὰς κόρας to turn the eyes about, Id.Ba. 1087. Or. 1261 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., to be drawn apart, disrupted, opp. συμφέρεσθαι, Heraclit.10, Pl.Sph. 242e, Epicur.Nat.908.2; to be tossed about, dub. in Str.3.2.5; δ. ἐν τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ Act.Ap.27.27
, cf. Plu.Galb.26.

2 δ. τινά spread his fame abroad, Pi.P.11.60; εἰς ἅπαντας τὴν ἐκείνου μνήμην δ. D.61.46
:—[voice] Pass., φήμη διηνέχθη Plu.2.163c
.

3 tear asunder, E.Ba. 754; disjoin, Arist.Po. 1451a34 ([voice] Pass.): metaph., distract, τὰς ψυχὰς φροντίσιν Plu.2.133d
, cf. 97f ([voice] Pass.), D.Chr.32.46 ([voice] Pass.).

4 δ. τὴν ψῆφον give one's vote a different way, i.e. against another, Hdt.4.138, etc.; but also, give each man his vote, E.Or.49, Th.4.74, X.Smp.5.8.

5 ἐράνους δ., = διαλύεσθαι, pay them up, discharge them, Lycurg.22.

6 defer, reserve for judgement, τὸν αἴτιον A.Ch.68
(lyr., διασπαράσσει Sch.).

7 plunder, Herod.7.90:—[voice] Pass., τῶν ἀπὸ [τῆς οἰκίας] φορτίων διενηνεγμένων PLond.1.45.9
(ii B.C.).

8 excel, ἀρετῇ τοὺς ἄλλους D.S.11.67
, cf. 2.5; καλλιτεκνίᾳ πάσας γυναῖκας Stud.Pont.3.123
([place name] Amasia).

III intr., differ, φυᾷ δ. Pi.N.7.54
; ἆρ' οἱ τεκόντες διαφέρουσιν ἢ τροφαί; is it one's parents or nurture that make the difference? E.Hec. 599: c. gen., to be different from, Id.Or. 251, Th.5.86, etc.; οὐδὲν διοίσεις Χαιρεφῶντος τὴν φύσιν Ar.Nu. 503
, cf. Pl.Prt. 329d; τὸ δ'.. ἀφανίζειν ἱερὰ ἔσθ' ὅτι τοῦ κόπτειν διαφέρει; D.21.147
; δ. τὰς μορφάς Arist.HA 497b15
; δ. εἴς τι, ἔν τινι, X.Hier.1.2,7; παρὰ τὴν Βεβρυκίαν App.Mith. 1
; καθ' ὑπεροχὴν καὶ ἕλλειψιν Arist.HA 486a22
; κατὰ τὴν θέσιν Id.Mete. 341b24
; πρός τι Id.HA 505a21
; τίνι δ. τὰ ἄρρενα τῶν θηλειῶν.. θεωρείσθω Id.PA 684b3
: c. inf., μόνῃ τῇ μορφῇ μὴ οὑχὶ πρόβατα εἶναι δ. Luc.Alex.15
: with Art., τρεῖς μόναι ψῆφοι διήνεγκαν τὸ μὴ θανάτου τιμῆσαι three votes made the difference (i.e. majority) against capital punishment, D.23.167; also διαφέρει τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ ἔργου makes a difference equal to half the effort expended, X.Oec.20.17.

2 impers., διαφέρει it makes a difference, πλεῖστον δ. Hp.Aph.5.22
; βραχὺ δ. τοῖς θανοῦσιν εἰ.. E.Tr. 1248
, etc.; οὐδὲν δ. it makes no odds, Pl.Phd. 89c, cf. Men.Epit. 193; σμικρὸν οἴει διαφέρειν; Pl.R. 467c
: c. dat. pers., δ. μοι it makes a difference to me, Antipho 5.13, Pl.Prt. 316b, etc.; ἰδίᾳ τι αὐτῷ δ. he has some private interest at stake, Th.3.42; εἰ ὑμῖν μή τι δ. if you see no objection, Pl.La. 187d; τί δέ σοι τοῦτο δ. εἴτε.. εἴτε μή; Id.R. 349a
, cf. Grg. 497b, etc.: c. inf., οὐδέ τί οἱ διέφερεν ἀποθανεῖν Hdt.1.85
: with personal constr., πράγματά τινι διαφέροντα Plu.Caes.65
; to be of importance, πρός or εἴς τι, Gal.15.420,428; τῷ ζῴῳ Id.UP9.5
.

3 τὸ δ.
the difference, the odds, Pl.Phlb. 45d
; = τὸ συμφέρον Antiph.31; περὶ μεγίστων δὴ τῶν -όντων βουλεύεσθαι Th.6.92
, cf. Lys.31.5, Is.4.12; τὰ ἀναγκαιότερα τῷ ταμιείῳ δ. vital interests, PThead.15.17 (iii A.D.); τὸ δ. μέρος τῶν ἀποφάσεων the essential part, POxy.1204.11 (iii A.D.); τὰ δ. vital matters, Ep.Rom.2.18; ἐπιστάμενος τὰ δ. παραβαίνειν τολμᾷ And. 3.19
(but τὰ δ. also simply, points of difference, in character and the like , Th.1.70, etc.).

4 to be different from a person: generally, in point of excess, surpass, excel him (cf. supr. 11.8), τινός v.l. for -όντως in Th.3.39; τινί in a thing, Id.2.39, Alex.36.6; ἔν τινι Isoc.3.39
; εἴς τι Pl.Ap. 35b
; κατὰ μέγεθος X.Lac.1.10
; πρός τι Aeschin.1.181
: c. inf., δ. τινὸς μεταβιβάζειν τινά Pl.Grg. 517b
: sts. folld. by ἤ, πολὺ διέφερεν ἀλέξασθαι ἤ.. it was far better.. than.., X.An.3.4.33, cf. Mem.3.11.14, Vect.4.25 (where it means to differ in point of diminution); also δ. μέγα τι παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις Plb.10.27.5
: abs., excel, ἐπί τινι Isoc.10.12
; τάχει Jul.Or.2.53c
; οἱ τόποι διαφέρουσι Thphr.CP5.14.9
;
διαφέρον τι πεπραχέναι
a remarkable achievement, Plb.6.39.2
.

5 prevail, ἐπὶ πολὺ διήνεγκε Th.3.83
.

6 quarrel, struggle, Telecl.20;
οἱ διαφέροντες
the parties, litigants, PPar.69
B10 (iii A.D.).

7 come between, intervene, ὁ διαφέρων χρόνος Antipho 5.94
.

8 belong to, τινί, as property, Ph.1.207, PLond. 3.940.23 (iii A.D.); of persons, belong to a household, PStrassb.26.5 (iv A.D.);
οἱ -φέροντες
kinsfolk, Annuario 4
/5.476 ([place name] Bargylia); appertain to, τῇ ὠνῇ BGU1062.21
(iii A.D.); τὰ εἰς τοῦτο -φέροντα πράγματα Mitteis Chr. 372v3 (ii A.D.).

IV [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., be at variance, quarrel, τινί Heraclit.72
, cf. Amphis32, etc.; περί τινος Hdt.1.173
, Pl.Euthphr.7b; δ. ἀλλήλοις differ with, ibid., cf. Antipho 5.42; τινὶ περί τινος Th.5.31
, cf. X.Oec.17.4; πρὸς ἀλλήλους Lys.18.17
, cf. Hyp.Oxy. 1607 Fr. 1 iii 60, etc.; τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους Supp.Epigr. 1.363.5
(Samos, iii B.C.); ἀμφί τινος X.An.4.5.17
; διενεχθέντας γνώμῃ Hdt.7.220
; δ. ὡς.. maintain on the contrary that.., D.56.46; οὐ διαφέρομαι, = οὔ μοι διαφέρει, Id.9.8; μηδὲν διὰ τοῦτο διαφέρου let there be no dispute on this ground, Lys.10.17; οἱ -φερόμενοι the litigants, SIG685.29 (Crete, ii B.C.).—Not in [dialect] Ep.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διαφέρω
9 τε

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).

A as a Conjunction,

I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
; δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375; τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b; λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
; ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3; τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.); κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε E.IA56
, cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.

2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v. οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.

3 τε ( both) sts. corresponds to a following δέ ( and), or τε ( and) to a preceding μέν, e.g.

a τε.. δὲ.. , as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625; ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
; διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.

b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.

4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c; Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι 1.5
; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; δάκνει σ' ἀδελφὸς ὅ τε θανὼν ἴσως πατήρ E.El. 242
, cf. 253, 262, al.; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7; πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.); χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7; ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4; ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.); καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; ἀταράχους τήν τε δύναμιν ἀκαθαιρέτους Sor.1.21
, cf. 24, al.; ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6; χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.

II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.7
; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293; ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
; βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
; ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
; βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ S.Ant. 181
; μεσαμβρίη τέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ κάρτα γίνεται ψυχρόν Hdt.4.181
; ἔτυχόν τε ὕσταται ἐξαναχθεῖσαι καί κως κατεῖδον Id.7.194
; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193; ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; χωρὶς τό τ' εἰπεῖν πολλὰ καὶ τὰ καίρια S.OC 808
; ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A.Pr. 927
; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
; ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
; θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
; πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g. τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6, ἄλλως 1.3
.

2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep., σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.

3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.

b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
; καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
; καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.

4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ἄλλα τε ἐπιφραζόμενος καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεπόμφεε Hdt.1.85
; ἀλλῳ τε τρόπῳ πειράζοντες καὶ μηχανὴν προσήγαγον Th.4.100
; τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.

5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.

B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Il.19.221
; οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα θεῶν τρέπεται νόος αἰὲν ἐόντων Od.3.147
; θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα 18.309
, cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526; ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
; οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
; οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; ἄλλος γάρ τ' ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od.14.228
, cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322; ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
; παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
; αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307; τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ὀλίγη δέ τ' ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο 18.201
; νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
; κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
; σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied); ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
; οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521; μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.

2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
; Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
; δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.

3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:

a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
; εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6; ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.

b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
; ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
; ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt., ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.

c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9; εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.

4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; πάντων ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει 17.447
, cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη 5.52
, cf. 18.485.

5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160; ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332; κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
; μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
; οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.

6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608; ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
; ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
; αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294; οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415; οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464; πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
; οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.

7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
; Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
; Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; νυμφάων αἵ τ' ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν Il.20.8
; Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν' ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Il.23.43
, cf. 2.669, Od.5.4; Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
; Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
; Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
; τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
; ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
; σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
; καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.

8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; ἔνθα δέ τ' ὄρνιθες τανυσίπτεροι εὐνάζοντο 5.65
, cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; δοιαὶ γάρ τε πύλαι ἀμενηνῶν εἰσὶν ὀνείρων 19.562
; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
; ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266; ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.

9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.

10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; τοῦ δ' ἤτοι κλέος ἔσται ὅσον τ' ἐπικίδναται ἠώς 7.451
; ὅτε τόσσον ἀπῆν ὅσσον τε γέγωνε βοήσας Od.9.473
, cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358; ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.

11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535, ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.

II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing) Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. has τά πέρ τε 1.74
, ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al., οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; ἀφ' οὗ τε UPZ62.8
(ii B.C.); ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); οἵ τε GDI215.23
(Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962; ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
; οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.

C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:

1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
; ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) in οὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; σὲ δέ τ' ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται 16.836
; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν 13.47
, cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.

2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ὣς ἄγαγ' ὡς μήτ' ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ' ἄρ τε νοήσῃ Il.24.337
; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ') ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ') ; δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.

3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
; σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187; ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ' ἄμεινον Il.24.52
.

4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
; τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166; εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.); ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
; νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
; πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
; δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
; ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ') , τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
; οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
; οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
; οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.

5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18; ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τ' ἦλθον Ἀμαζόνες 3.189
(but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); ὅτε τ' ἤλυθε νόσφιν Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας 5.803
, cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.

6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ' ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Il.1.244
, cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.

7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom., ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.

8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.

9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.

10 Rarer and later uses;

a also, esp. with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483; ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.); ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.); τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.

b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.

c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.

D Position of τε:

1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; ἡμέτεραί τ' ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 2.136
, cf. 4.505, 7.295; αἰεί τε δὴ νηλὴς οὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως A.Pr.42
codd., cf. 291 (anap.); ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
; ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Pl.R. 537a
, cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.); πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.

2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε.

E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Skt. ca, Lat. - que; for signfs. B and c cf. Skt. ca in yá[hudot ] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Lat. - que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Goth. ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Lat. namque (= nam).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τε
10 ἔωρτο

ἔωρτο,

A v. ἀείρω. [full] ἕως (A) ἡ, [dialect] Att. form of the [dialect] Ion. ἠώς (q. v.).

------------------------------------

ἕως (B), [dialect] Ep. [full] εἵως, [full] ἧος (v. sub fin.), [dialect] Dor. [full] ἇς, [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἆς (qq.v.), [dialect] Boeot. [full] ἇς IG7.3303, al., and [full] ἅως ib.2228, 3315.

A Relat. Particle, expressing the point of Time up to which an action goes, with reference to the end of the action, until, till; or to its continuance, while:

I until, till,

1 with Ind., of a fact in past time, θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, ἧος φίλον ὤλεσε θυμόν Il.11.342
, cf. Od.5.123; ἕ. ἀπώλεσέν τε καὐτὸς ἐξαπώλετο S.Fr. 236
, cf. A.Pers. 428, Pl.Chrm. 155c, etc.; for πρίν, μὴ πρότερον ἀπελθεῖν ἕως ἀποκατέστησε τὰ πράγματα D.S.27.4
: with [tense] impf. with ἄν in apodosi, of an unaccomplished action, ἡδέως ἂν Καλλικλεῖ διελεγόμην, ἕ. ἀπέδωκα I would have gone on conversing till I had.., Pl.Grg. 506b, cf.Cra. 396c.

2 ἕ. ἄν or κε with Subj. (mostly of [tense] aor.), of an event at an uncertain future time, μαχήσομαι.. ἧός κε τέλος πολέμοιο κιχείω till I find, Il.3.291, cf. 24.183, A.Pr. 810, etc.: ἄν is sts. omitted in Trag., ἕ. μάθῃς S.Aj. 555
; ἕ. κληθῇ Id.Tr. 148
; ἕ. ἀνῇ τὸ πῆμα Id.Ph. 764
: so freq. in later Gr., UPZ18.10 (ii B. C.), PGrenf. 2.38.16 (i B. C.), Ev.Marc.14.32, Vett. Val.68.18, etc.; ἕ. οὗ γένηται Gem.8.32
.

3 ἕ. with Opt. (mostly of [tense] aor.), relating to an event future in relation to past time, ὦρσε.. Βορέην, ἧος ὃ Φαιήκεσσι.. μιγείη caused it to blow, till he should reach.., Od.5.386, cf. 9.376, Ar.Ra. 766, Pl.Phd. 59d; ἕως δέοι βοηθεῖν Th.3.102
, cf.Lys.13.25: ἄν or κε is added to the Opt. (not to ἕως), if the event is represented as conditional, ἕ. κ' ἀπὸ πάντα δοθείη till (if possible) all things should be given back, Od.2.78; οὐκ [ἂν] ἀποκρίναιο, ἕ. ἂν σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
, cf. S.Tr. 687 codd., Isoc.17.15, IG22.1328 (ii B.C.).

b in orat. obliq., ἔδωκεν.. ἕ. ἀνὴρ εἶναι δοκιμασθείην D.27.5
.

c by assimilation to an opt. with ἄν, [λόγον] ἂν διδοίης ἕ. ἔλθοις Pl.Phd. 101d
.

4 c. subj. or opt., expressing purpose, in order that, Od.4.800, 6.80, 19.367; πορεύου εἰς Διονυσιάδα.. ἕως τὸν ἐκεῖ ἐλαιῶνα ποτίσῃς PFay.118.12
(ii A. D.); σπούδασον ἕως οὗ ἀγοράσῃ κτλ. POxy.113.25 (ii A. D.); χρυσίον ἐδανισάμην ἕως ὅτε δυνηθῶ ἀγοράσαι ib.130.13 (vi A. D.).

5 with Inf. in orat. obliq., ἐντειλάμενος διεκπλέειν ἕ... ἀπικνέεσθαι Hdt.4.42
: otherwise only in later Gr., ἕ. ἐλθεῖν ἐς.. LXX Ge.10.19
, cf. PLond. 1.131r251 (i A. D.), D.H.9.4 (v.l.), Anon. ap. Suid.s.v. ἰλυσπώμενον.

6 with Advbs. of Time and Place, ἕ. ὅτε till the time when, c. ind., v.l. for ἔστε in X.Cyr.5.1.25; ἕ. οὗ, f.l. for ἐς οὗ, Hdt.2.143: freq. in later Gr., Gem.l.c., Ev.Matt.1.25, etc.; ἕ. ὅτου ib.5.25, etc.; ἕ. πότε; how long? ib.17.17, Ev.Jo.10.24; ἕ. τότε LXX Ne.2.16
; ἕ. ὀψέ till late, f.l.for ἐς ὀψέ, Th.3.108; ἕ. ἄρτι 1 Ep.Jo.2.9
; ἕ. ὧδε as far as this place, Ev.Luc.23.5.

b with Preps., of Time, ἕ. πρὸς καλὸν ἑῷον ἀστέρα AP5.200
; of Place, ἕ. εἰς τὸν χάρακα Plb.1.11.14
; ἕ. πρὸς τὸν Καύκασον D.S.2.43
; ἕ. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Act.Ap.17.14
.

II as Prep.,

1 of Time, c. gen., until, ἕως τοῦ ἀποτεῖσαι until he has made payment, Lexap.Aeschin.1.42, cf. LXX Ge.3.19, etc.; ἕ. τελειώσεως Epicur.Ep. 2p.38U.
; ἕ. ὡρισμένων χρόνων Phld.D.1.7
; ἕ. τινός for a time, Parth. 9.2, etc.; ἕ. τοῦ νῦν Ev.Matt.24.21
; ἕ. Ἰωάννου ib.11.13.

b of Place,
ἕ. τοῦ γενέσθαι..
up to the point where.. Arist.PA 668b2
, cf. HA 630b27, Plb.9.36.1; as far as, ἕ. Σάρδεων Ath.Mitt.44.25
(Samos, iii B.C.); ἕ. τοῦ Ἀρσινοΐτου νομοῦ PTeb.33.5
(ii B.C.); ἕ. Φοινίκης Act.Ap.11.19
: so c. gen. pers., ἦλθον ἕ. αὐτοῦ Ev.Luc.4.42
, cf. LXX 4 Ki. 4.22.

c of Number or Degree, ἕ. τριῶν πλοίων Docum. ap. D.18.106; διδόναι ἕ. ταλάντων ἑκατόν LXX 1 Es.8.19(21)
; οὐκ ἔστιν ἕ. ἑνός ib.Ps. 13.3; οὐκ ἔχομεν ἕ. τῆς τροφῆς τῶν κτηνῶν PTeb.56.7
(ii B.C.); ἐᾶτε ἕ. τούτου Ev.Luc.22.51
; μαχοῦμαι ἕ. ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου OGI266.29
(Pergam., iii B.C.); ἕ. μέθης Corn.ND30
.

2 rarely c. acc., ἕ. πρωΐ LXX Jd.19.25
; ἕ. μεσημβρίαν PLond.1.131r346
, 515 (i A.D.); ἕ. τὸ βωμῷ down to the word " βωμῷ", Sch.Pi.O.6.111.

III while, so long as, c. ind., ἧος ἐνὶ Τροίῃ πολεμίζομεν Od.13.315
, cf.17.358, 390; ἕ. δ' ἔτ' ἔμφρων εἰμί A.Ch. 1026
, cf. Pers. 710 (troch.); ἕ. ἔτι ἐλπὶς [ἦν] Th.8.40; ἕ. ἔτινέος εἶ Pl.Prm. 135d
: in this sense answered in apodosi by τῆος, Od.4.90, Il.20.41; by τόφρα, Od.12.327, Il.18.15; by τόφρα δέ, 10.507; by δέ alone, 1.193, Od.4.120 codd.

b ἕ. ἄν c.subj., when the whole action is future, οὔ μοι.. ἐλπίς, ἕ. ἂν αἴθῃ πῦρ A.Ag. 1435
; λέγειν τε χρὴ καὶ ἐρωτᾶν, ἕως ἂν ἐῶσιν Pl.Phd. 85b
; οὐδὲν ἔστ' αὐτῷ βεβαίως ἔχειν ἕ. ἂν ὑμεῖς δημοκρατῆσθε D.10.13
.

c ἕως c. opt. in a Conditional relative clause, φήσομεν μηδὲν ἂν μεῖζον μηδὲ ἔλαττον γενέσθαι ἕ. ἴσον εἴη αὐτὸ ἐαυτῷ Pl.Tht. 155a
.

B in Hom. sts. Demonstr.,= τέως, for a time, ἧος μὲν.. ὄρνυον· αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ.. Il.12.141
; ἧος μὲν ἀπείλει.. · ἀλλ' ὅτε δὴ.. 13.143
, cf. 17.727, 730, Od.2.148; ἧος μὲν.. ἕποντο.. αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ.. Il.15.277
; all that time, Od.3.126, cf. Hdt.8.74. ( ἕως, as iambus, only once in Hom., Od.2.78; as a monosyll., Il.17.727, dub.l. in Od.2.148; when the first syllable is to be long codd. Hom. have εἵως or ἕως (never εἷος or ἧος, Ludwich WkP1890.512, exc. ειος v.l. (PFay. 160 ) in Il.20.41), 3.291, 11.342, al.; εἵως (or ἕως) is found even when the metre requires a trochee, 1.193, al.; comparison of [dialect] Dor. ἇς (from Αος ) with [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. ἕως points to early [dialect] Ion. Ηος (cf. Skt. yāvat 'as great as, as long as, until') and this should prob. be restored in Hom.; cf. τέως.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔωρτο
11 κεφαλή

κεφαλή

Grammatical information: f.

Meaning: `head', also metaph. `the uppermost, most extreme, source etc.' (Il.).

Compounds: several compp., e. g. κεφαλ-αλγ-ία `headache' (Hp.), through dissimilation - αργία (Luc.); βου-κέφαλος `with cow-head' (Ar.); also as plant-name (Strömberg Pflanzennamen 54); as PN Βου-κεφάλᾱς m. the personal horse of Alexander the Great (Str., Plu.; on the formation Schwyzer 451).

Derivatives: Diminut. κεφάλιον (Att. inscr.), - ίδιον (Poll., pap.), κεφαλίς f. `bulb of an onion, toe-cap of a shoe, capital of a column etc.' (Arist.), κεφαλὶς βιβλίου `book-roll' (LXX); - κεφάλαιον n. `the main thing, -point, -sum, capital' (Pi., att.; rarely adj. κεφάλαιος [Ar. Ra. 854, PMasp. 151, 16, VI^p]) with κεφαλαιώδης, adv. - ωδῶς `regarding the main point' (Hp., Arist., hell.) and the denominative κεφαλαιόω `(summarize the main points) ' (Att.), from where κεφαλαίωμα `total sum' (Hdt. 3, 159), - αίωσις `summary' (Sch.), - αιωτής = lat. capitularius with - τία (pap. Rom. Emp.); - κεφαλαία f. `chronic headache' (medic.); - κεφαλώδης `head-like' (Thphr.), κεφαλικός `belonging to the head, to life, capitalis' (pap., Dsc.); - κεφαλίτης λίθος `corner-stone' (H.), κεφαλίτης γλήχων prob. `Mentha aquatica' (Hippiatr.; Redard Les noms grecs en - της 73); κεφαλίνη `root of the tongue' (Poll.); κεφαλῖνος fishname = βλεψίας (Dorio ap. Ath.; Strömberg Fischnamen 41), also κέφαλος `Mugil cephalus' (Hp., Com., Arist.; extens. Thompson Fishes s. v.; diff. Pisani Ist. Lomb. 75: 2, 54f. [: to Skt. śaphara-, Lith. šãpalas `Cyprinus']); - κεφάλωμα `sum' (Messen., Delph.; after ἀνάλωμα, Bechtel Dial. 2, 156; cf. also κεφαλαίωμα above); κεφαλωτός `with a head' (Arist., hell.), as plant-name `Thymian' (Ps.-Dsc.; Strömberg Pflanzennamen 50), - ωτόν (sc. πράσον) `onion' (pap.); - κεφαληδόν `per head' (Priene IV^a). - Denomin. κ]εφαλίζω `behead' ( BGU 1, 341, 9); in other meaning κεφαλισμός `table of multiplication' (Arist.); κεφαλόω in κεκεφαλωμένος `provided with a head' (Arist.-comm.); κεφαλιόω in ἐκεφαλίωσαν (Ev. Mark. 12, 4), meaning unclear `beat the head' or `behead'?, s. Bauer Gr.-dt. Wb. s. v. (wrong Pernot Neophilol. 26, 310ff.). - Further the hypostases προσ- (Dor. ποτι-), ὑπο-κεφάλαιον `(head)cushion' (IA.; cf. Schwyzer-Debrunner 517), ἀποκεφαλίζω `behead' (LXX, Phld.) with - ισμός, ισμα, - ιστής.

Origin: IE [Indo-European] [423] * gʰebʰel- `head'

Etymology: Old word for `head', found also in Tocharian and Germanic: Toch. A śpāl `head' (final unclear), OHG gebal m., MHG. gebel `skull', OHG gibilla f. `id.' (Germ. i̯ō-deriv); besides in the sense of `front' OHG gibil m., Goth. gibla m. (n-stem) and, with ablaut, ONo. gafl m. `side of a facade'; IE. * ghebh(e)l-, which looks like an l-stem; but a corresponding basis has nowhere been found. - Here also γαβαλάν ἐγκέφαλον η κεφαλήν H. and Maced. (Illyr.?) κεβ(α)λή; s. κεβλη. The Greek -α is difficult. S. Benveniste, Word 10 (1954) 255f.

Page in Frisk: 1,835-836

Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > κεφαλή
12 κεφάλαιον

κεφάλαιον, ου, τό (s. κεφαλή; Pind.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestSol 12:3 P) in our lit. the adj. κεφάλαιος, -α, -ον is used only as subst.

① a brief statement concerning some topic or subject, main thing, main point (Thu. 4, 50, 2; Isocr. 4, 149 κ. δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων; Pla., Phd. 44, 95b; Demosth. 13, 36; Epict. 1, 24, 20; POxy 67, 18; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 102; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 219, Ant. 17, 93; Just.; Tat. 51, 4; Ath., R. 20 p. 73, 16) Hv 5:5. κ. ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις the main point in what has been said (is this) Hb 8:1 (Menand., Georg. 75 κ. … τοῦ παντὸς λόγου; Menand. in Plut., Mor. 103d τὸ δὲ κ. τῶν λόγων; PKöln II, 114, 2–3=ZPE 4, ’69, 192; cp. pl. Pind., P. 4, 116).—Summary, synopsis (limited to the main points) ἐπὶ κεφαλαίῳ in summary, in brief (uncertain in Aristot., EN 1107b, 14, otherw. either ἐν κεφαλαίῳ X., Cyr. 6, 3, 18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 93 §388 ἐν κ. εἰπεῖν; PLips 105, 35; POxy 515, 6 al. pap; or ἐπὶ κεφαλαίου Polyb 1, 65, 5; PTebt 24, 52; ἐπὶ κεφαλαίων Just., D. 85, 4; Tat. 31, 4) MPol 20:1.

② accumulated goods, oppos. of interest or income, ‘capital’ (Pla., Demosth., ins, pap), then a sum of money gener. (Artem. 1, 17 p. 21, 19; 1, 35 p. 36, 17 and 37, 16; GDI 2503, 14 [Delphi]; Cyr.-Ins. 132; BGU 1200, 17 [I B.C.] οὐ μικρῷ κεφαλαίῳ; POxy 268, 7; other exx. New Docs 3 no. 43; Lev 5:24; Num 5:7; 31:26; EpArist 24; Jos., Ant. 12, 30; 155) πολλοῦ κ. τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην I acquired this citizenship for a large sum of money Ac 22:28.—DELG s.v. κεφαλή. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κεφάλαιον
13 μέρος

μέρος, ους, τό (Pind., Hdt.+).

① part, in contrast to the whole

ⓐ gener. (Ocellus Luc. c. 12 τὸ πᾶν ἢ μέρος τι τοῦ παντός; Alex. Aphr., An. II 1 p. 13, 16 μ. ἐν ὅλῳ; Gen 47:24; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 189 τ. ὅλου κ. τῶν μερῶν al.; Ath. 12, 3 μικρῷ μέρει τοῦ παντὸς τὸ πᾶν … δοκιμάζουσιν) w. the gen. of the whole τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μ. τῆς οὐσίας the part of the property that falls to me Lk 15:12 (SIG 346, 36 τὸ μέρος τὸ ἐπιβάλλον; 1106, 80). μ. τι τοῦ ἀγροῦ a part of the field Hs 5, 2, 2. δύο μέρη τῆς ῥάβδου two thirds of the stick (Thu. 1, 104, 2 τῆς Μέμφιδος τῶν δύο μερῶν πρὸς τὸ τρίτον μέρος; SIG 975, 24f) Hs 8, 1, 12f; cp. 8, 5, 3ff; 8, 8, 4; 8, 9, 1. τὸ πλεῖστον μ. αὐτῶν 8, 2, 9; cp. 9, 7, 4 and 8, 1, 16. τὰ λοιπὰ μ. 8, 1, 15. Also without gen., when it is plain fr. the context how much of a contrast betw. part and whole is involved μὴ ἔχον μέρος τι σκοτεινόν with no dark part Lk 11:36; cp. J 19:23 (Jos., Ant. 1, 172 μέρη τέσσαρα ποιήσαντες); Ac 5:2; Rv 16:19; Hv 4, 3, 4f. Of the Christians ἐκλογῆς μ. a chosen portion fr. among all humankind 1 Cl 29:1.

ⓑ specialized uses

α. component, element τινὰ μέρη ἔχουσιν τ. ἀνομίας they still have certain elements of lawlessness Hv 3, 6, 4b.

β. of parts of the body (Diod S 32, 12, 1 τὰ τοῦ σώματος μέρη; Dio Chrys. 16 [33], 62; Plut., Mor. 38a μ. τ. σώματος; Artem. 3, 51 al.; Herodian 8, 4, 10; PRyl 145, 14 [38 A.D.]; PGM 4, 2390; 2392; Tat. 16, 1) fig., of the body whose head is Christ Eph 4:16 (on the text s. μέλος 2; for the idea σῶμα, end).

γ. τὰ μέρη the parts (of a geographical area), region, district (Herodian 6, 5, 7; Jos., Ant. 12, 234; B-D-F §141, 2; s. Rob. 408) τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 2:22. τὰ μ. τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην Ac 2:10; cp. 20:2. Also of a district in or around a city (cp. UPZ 180b, 8 [113 B.C.] οἰκίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου μέρει Διὸς πόλεως) τὰ μ. Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος the district of Tyre and Sidon Mt 15:21; cp. 16:13; Mk 8:10; J 6:1 D; Ac 7:43 D. τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη the upper (=inland) regions, interior (cp. PHamb 54 I, 14 τὰ ἄνω μέρη of the upper Nile valley) Ac 19:1.—Eph 4:9 (s. κατώτερος).

δ. side (Diod S 2, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον μέρος=on both sides; Ex 32:15; 1 Macc 9:12; TestJud 5:4; Ath. 1, 4 τὸ ἕτερον … τῆς κεφαλῆς μέρος) Hs 9, 2, 3. τὰ δεξιὰ μ. on the right side, τὰ ἀριστερὰ μ. on the left side v 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1. Of a vessel τὰ δεξιὰ μ. τοῦ πλοίου the right side of the boat (as the lucky side? cp. Il. 12, 239; 13, 821 of a bird of omen) J 21:6 (of a body part POxy 3195, II 40, 43 [331 A.D.]). τὰ ἐξώτερα μ. τῆς οἰκοδομῆς the outside of the building Hs 9, 9, 3.—New Docs 3, 75.

ε. piece ἰχθύος ὀπτοῦ μέρος a piece of broiled fish Lk 24:42.—μ. τι λαμβάνειν take a portion Hv 3, 1, 6.

ζ. party (Jos., Bell. 1, 143; POxy 1278, 24; PFlor 47, 17; PLond III, 1028, 18 p. 277 [VII A.D.] τοῦ πρασίνου μέρους=‘of the green party’) Ac 23:6. τινὲς τ. γραμματέων τ. μέρους τ. Φαρισαίων vs. 9.

η. branch or line of business (cp. PFlor 89, 2 after Preisigke, Berichtigungsliste 1922, 147 τὰ μέρη τῆς διοικήσεως=‘the branches of the administration’) Ac 19:27.

θ. matter, affair (Menand., Epitr. 234 S. [58 Kö.], Per. 297 S. [107 Kö.]; Diod S 2, 27, 1; Περὶ ὕψους 12, 5 [μέρη=objects]; Jos., Ant. 15, 61 τούτῳ τῷ μέρει; PRyl 127, 12 [29 A.D.] ἀναζητῆσαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέρους=‘begin an investigation concerning the matter’) ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει in this case, in this matter (cp. Polyb. 18, 18, 2 τ. πίστιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει διαφυλάττειν) 2 Cor 3:10; 9:3 (s. also ἐν μέρει in c below). Cp. 1 Pt 4:16 v.l.

ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἀνὰ μέρος one after the other, in succession (s. ἀνά 2) 1 Cor 14:27.—ἀπὸ μέρους in part (Dio Chrys. 28 [45], 3; Ael. Aristid. 32, 4 K.=12 p. 135 D.; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 10, 2; Epict. 1, 27, 17 διʼ ὅλων ἢ ἀ. μ.; PRyl 133, 17; BGU 1201, 15 [2 A.D.]; PTebt 402, 2; POxy 1681, 9; Just., A II, 10, 8 Χριστῷ … τῷ … ἄ. μ. γνωσθέντι) πώρωσις ἀ. μ. a partial hardening Ro 11:25. τολμηρότερον … ἀ. μ. very boldly on some points 15:15. καθὼς ἐπέγνωτε ἡμᾶς ἀ. μ. as you have understood us in part 2 Cor 1:14. Also for a while: ἀ. μ. ἐμπλησθῆναί τινος enjoy someone’s company for a while Ro 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 2:5 in some degree.—ἐκ μέρους in part, individually (Ael. Aristid. 54 p. 695 D.; 698; SIG 852, 30 … ὅλη, ἐκ μέρους δέ … ; PLond III, 1166, 14 p. 105 [42 A.D.]; BGU 538, 33; PRyl 233, 6; Philo, Mos. 2, 1 al.) individually 1 Cor 12:27. ἐκ μ. γινώσκειν know in part 13:9a, 12; cp. vs. 9b. τὸ ἐκ μ. what is ‘ in part’ = imperfect vs. 10.—ἐν μέρει in the matter of, with regard to (Antig. Car. 24; Diod S 20, 58, 5; Plut., Mor. 102e; Horapollo 1, 57 ἐν τροφῆς μέρει=‘as food’; GDI 5185, 30 [Crete] ἐν χάριτος μέρει; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 5 ἐν μέρει λόγου al.) ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς with regard to a festival Col 2:16 (cp. ApcrEzk [Epiph. 70, 14] ἐν τῷ μέρει τῆς ἀδυναμίας ‘in connection with my disability’. See bθ above).—κατὰ μέρος part by part, in detail (ins [s. SIG ind. IV p. 444a]; PTebt 6, 24) περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν κατὰ μέρος (κ. μ. of the detailed treatment of a subj. as Pla., Theaet. 157b, Soph. 246c; Polyb. 1, 4, 6; 3, 19, 11; 3, 28, 4; 10, 27, 7 λέγειν κ. μ.; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 11, 7; 2 Macc 2:30; Jos., Ant. 12, 245) point by point Hb 9:5.—παρὰ μέρος to one side (Appian, Liby. 14 §55 γιγνόμενος παρὰ μ.=going to one side, Bell. Civ. 5, 81 §345; PGM 13, 438 βάλε παρὰ μέρος=‘put to one side’) ὁ λίθος ὑπεχώρησε παρὰ μ. the stone went back to one side GPt 9:37.

ⓓ as adv. acc. μέρος τι in part, partly (Thu. 2, 64; 4, 30, 1; X., Eq. 1, 12; SIG 976, 65; 1240, 8 ἤτι μέρος ἢ σύμπαν; 3 Km 12:31) 1 Cor 11:18; τὸ πλεῖστον μ. for the most part (Menand., Fgm. 789 Kö.; Diod S 22, 10, 5) Hs 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1. τὸ πλεῖον μ. for the greater part v 3, 6, 4a.

② share (Trag. et al.) μ. τι μεταδοῦναι ἀπό τινος give a share of someth. 1:5 (on μέρος ἀπό τινος cp. PStras 19, 5 [105 A.D.] τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ μέρους ἑνὸς ἀπὸ μερῶν ἐννέα) δώσω αὐτοῖς … μέρος δικαιοσύνης μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων μου I will give them … a share of uprightness with my holy ones i.e. those rescued from perdition will enjoy the same redeemed status as those who are already in the divine presence ApcPt Rainer 6. ἔχειν μ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. (cp. Synes., Ep. 58 p. 203a οὐκ ἔστι τῷ διαβόλῳ μέρος ἐν παραδείσῳ) Rv 20:6 (Dalman, Worte 103f). ἀφελεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 22:19.— Place (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 34 §154 ἐν ὑπηκόων ἀντὶ κοινωνῶν εἶναι μέρει=to be in the place of subjects instead of partners) τὸ μ. αὐτῶν ἐν τ. λίμνῃ their place is in the lake Rv 21:8. ἔχειν μ. μετά τινος have a place with someone J 13:8. τὸ μ. τινὸς μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν τιθέναι assign someone a place among the dissemblers (hypocrites) Mt 24:51; cp. Lk 12:46. μετʼ αὐτῶν μοι τὸ μ. γένοιτο σχεῖν ἐν (v.l. παρὰ) θεῷ may I have my place with them in (or with) God IPol 6:1. τοῦ λαβεῖν μ. ἐν ἀριθμῷ τῶν μαρτύρων MPol 14:2.—B. 934. DELG s.v. μείρομαι II. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μέρος
14 εἰμί

εἰμί (

A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰς Od.17.388
, al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor. ἐσσί Il.1.176
, Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134; ἐσί GDI4959a
; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί IG12(1).677
([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dual ἐστόν Th.3.112
; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60), ἐμέν Call.Fr. 294
, [dialect] Dor. εἰμές Theoc.15.73
, but ἠμέν GDI5178.34
; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor. ἐντί Pi.N.1.24
, Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι ( ἔσθι Hecat.361
J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. form ἔσσο Od.3.200
, Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Prose ἔσο Plu.2.241d
, M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω ( ἤτω LXXPs.103.31
, and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean ἤστω Schwyzer 424
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων Hom.
, Pl.R. 502a, ὄντων Id.Lg. 879b
, and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep. ἔω Od.9.18
; [ per.] 3sg. ἔῃ Il.12.300
,al. (also ἔῃσι 2.366
, al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot. ἔνθω IG7.3172.165
, μετείω Il.23.47
and perh. εἴῃ 9.245
, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ὦντι SIG940.3
([place name] Crete), ἔωντι GDI5040.14
([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot. ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46
(iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης ( εἴησθα Thgn.715
), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl. εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133
([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual εἴτην Pl. Prm. 149e
, Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl. εἶμεν E.Alc. 921
(lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl. εἶτε Od. 21.195
; [ per.] 3pl. εἶεν Il.2.372
, etc., εἴησαν Hdt.1.2
, etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc. ἦναι SIG306.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol. ἔμμεν' Sapph.34
), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also ἔμειν SIG1166
([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara), ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16
, Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν or ἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15
, al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar. εἴμεναι Ar.Ach. 775
, εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100
([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr. ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23
H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem. ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116
(Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem. ἔσσα Sapph.75.4
, IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16, ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265
, ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9
, Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62, εὖσα Erinn.5.5
(also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16, εὔντων 2.85
), ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d
, IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene), ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47
; acc. sg. εὖντα Theoc.2.3
; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl. ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117
; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl. παρ-έντων Alcm. 64
: [tense] impf. ἦν Il.2.77
, etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. ἦ (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion. ἔᾱ Il.4.321
, al., ἔας Hdt.1.187
, ἔατε Id.4.119
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al., ἦσθας Men.Epit. 156
, [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1
, Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dual ἤστην Il.5.10
, E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl. ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21
; [ per.] 2pl. ἦτε Pl.Euthd. 276c
, ἦστε Ar. Pax 821
, Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol. ἔον Schwyzer 644.12
; later ἤμην PSI4.362.21
(iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg. ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379
([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg. ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7
([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl. ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11
(iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj. ὦμαι PBaden 48.12
(ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (but ἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113
), inf. ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57
.—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.

A as the Subst. Verb,

I of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437
; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.; τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289
; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289; θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290
; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119; κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284
; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c; ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72
, cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292
, cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25
; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4
(ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.

II of the real world, be, opp. become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d
, etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.; οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.
; ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28
; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.

2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen, τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
; ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13
, etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58; αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118
; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.

III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30; τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8
; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11; τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2
.

IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348
; οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903
; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65; ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67
; ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14
; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187
; ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65
; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.; οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61
, cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188; οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e
, etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.

V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321
; (but in ἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46
, cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.); ἦν δ' ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες S.Tr. 520
(lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq. ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26
, cf. 7.34; ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a
; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.

VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246
; ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392
; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193; τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055
(anap.); ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13
, cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj., ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7
; μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e
; ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91
: more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf., ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96
; ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757
: sts. not impers. in this sense, θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419
.

b ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι D.H.Comp.25
; ἔστω σοι τοῦθ' οὕτως Plu.2.987b
; ἔστω εἶναί τινα τοιοῦτον D.
Chr.74.24.

B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d
; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17
: with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.

2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179; εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299
; πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473
; δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68
; κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36
: with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom., βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211
; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part., ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371
; φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136
; εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330
; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708; λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179
; ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313
; πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b
; βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36
; freq. in Hdt., ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57
, al.; even εἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49
(s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171; αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798
; δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197
(anap.).

C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:

I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122
, etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82; σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532
; διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424
; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551; εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89
, cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.; ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30
.

II c. gen., to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109
; αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611
, cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.; πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19
.

b to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of.., Hdt.1.93; τῆς πόλιος ἐούσης δύο φαρσέων ib. 186; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of.., Id.5.92.ή, etc.

c to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, Ar.Pl. 345; ἐτύγχανε βουλῆς ὤν Th.3.70
; ὅσοι ἦσαν τῶν προτέρων στρατιωτῶν Id.7.44
; Κριτίας τῶν τριάκοντα ὤν X.Mem.1.2.31
; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, D.2.2.

d to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269
; τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117
, etc.: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56
, cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917
.

e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940; τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16
; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.

f in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν 2 Ch.30.17
; ἔσεσθαι, c. gen., to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε 2 Ki.10.11
.

III with the dat., ἐστί μοι I have, freq. in Hom., etc.

2 with two dats., σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, Hdt.5.84; μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα D.18.283
; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστι; Hdt.5.33; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάνῳ; D.29.36; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί; Lat. quid tecum est mihi? Ev.Marc.5.7, etc.; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (sc. ἐστίν) Isoc.4.12; ἐν οἷς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐστὶ τῷ δήμῳ D.18.278
; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, JHS18.113, etc.

3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108; οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35
; προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46
; θέλοντι S.OT 1356
(lyr.); ἡδομένοις Pl.La. 187c
.

IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9; εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d
; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.

2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.

3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22
; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.; ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218
; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.

b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; so also ἐπί τινι Id.Ph. 1003
, X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.

4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73; εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25
; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20
.

5 εἶναι ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, D.25.23; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, Id.39.21; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in.., Id.2.12; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, Id.6.33; εἶναι ἐφ' ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, X.An.4.6.11; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, Apollon. Perg.Con.4.1; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, v. supr. 3 b.

6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3; εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3
; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.; εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7
, etc.

7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).

8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.

9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.

10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.

D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. ᾖ, Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.

E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,

1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32
; εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c
; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58; τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9
; κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a
; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.

2 after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι Pl.Prt. 311e
; σύμμαχόν μιν εἵλοντο εἶναι Hdt.8.134
; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι Il. 11.20
.

F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,

1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64; Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359
; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169; ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330
; ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79
; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.

G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic for ἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27
, cf. 6.18; also ἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰμί
15 συντρέχω

συντρέχω, [tense] fut.

A - δρᾰμοῦμαι X.An.7.6.6
: [tense] aor. 2 συνέδρᾰμον (v. infr.): [tense] pf. - δεδράμηκα PTeb.48.26
(ii B.C.):— run together so as to meet in battle, encounter, Πηνέλεως δὲ Λύκων τε συνέδραμον Il.16.335
; ξιφέεσσι ς. ib. 337; εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ς. Plb.2.33.5; σ. εἰς χεῖράς τινι Plu.Art.7
: metaph., εἰπὲ τῷ μόρῳ ξυντρέχει say with what death she has met, S.Tr. 880 (lyr.).

2 assemble, gather together, Hdt.8.71; ἐς τὴν ὁδόν Id.2.121
.
δ ; εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Lycurg.16
; run up to the rescue, Plu. Cam.27; συνδράμετε, Ῥωμαῖοι, Lat. concurrite, POxy.33 iii 8 (ii A.D.); συνδραμόντων πλειόνων καὶ ἐπιτιμώντων αὐτῷ PLond.1.106.19
(ii B.C.); ἐξέπεσον ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας, συνδραμόντων ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τῶν ὁμοεθνῶν, διὰ τὸ παρασπονδῆσαι τοὺς αὑτῶν οἰκείους Plb.2.7.6
; of clouds, gather, Hdt. 1.87; of liquids, κάθυδρος οὗ κρατὴρ μειλιχίων ποτῶν ῥεύματι συντρέχει is mingled with.., S.OC 160 (lyr.); πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἐκμυζήσεως συναίσθησιν πλεῖον ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους συντρέχει [τὸ γάλα] Sor.1.77, cf. Gal.15.512; ὑπερθοῦ.. ἵνα καὶ τὰ κοῦφά σοι συνδράμῃ wait.. till your jars come in (accumulate), PFlor.134*.7 (iii A.D.); τῶν ἀργυρίων ὀφλόντων συνδραμεῖν PLips.64.13
(iv A.D.); ἔλεγεν.. συντρέχειν ἔτη πρὸς τὰ πή said the total amounted to 88 years, UPZ 162v32 (ii B.C.).

3 concur, agree, ἀμφοτέρων ἐς τὠυτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι συνέδραμον Hdt.1.53
; συντρέχειν τοῖς κριταῖς concur in the choice of judges, X.Cyr.8.2.27; μηκέτι τῆς βουλήσεως συνδραμούσης Alex.Aphr.de An.73.2
.

4 of lines, run together, meet, εἰς μίαν βάσιν E.Fr.382.12
: metaph., δεῖ τινα τέσσαρα συνδραμεῖν εἰς οἴκου σύστασιν Arist.Fr. 182
; κατὰ τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτῷ συντρεχόντων τῶν πραγμάτων Plb.3.43.11
.

5 concur, coincide, of points of time, εἰ μὴ τέρμα συντρέχοι βίου A.Fr. 362
; τοῦ.. χρόνου τὸ μῆκος αὐτὸ ς. exactly coincides, E.Or. 1215; εἰς ταὐτὸν τὸ δίκαιον ἅμα καὶ ὁ καιρὸς καὶ τὸ συμφέρον συνδεδράμηκεν D.17.9
, cf. Isoc.6.68; of symptoms, Sor.2.8; impers., συντρέχει εἰς ἓν τόδε there is a concurrence in this one point, E.Fr. 580; σ. τινί concur or coincide with, S.Tr. 295; συντρέχει τῇ γνώσει τὸ τερπνόν Epicur. Sent.Vat.27
(= Metrod.Fr.47); σ. τῇ διαβολῇ concur in, second, Luc. DMeretr.10.4, cf. Mitteis Chr.96.11 (iv A.D.);
σ. βασιλῆϊ
vie with, AP 7.420
(Diotim.).

6 run together, shrink up, μύες Hp.Fract.35
; τρίχες X.Cyn.10.17
, cf. Arist.GA 782b27; πλεκτάνη σ. εἰς ἑαυτήν Plu. 2.978d
; χιτῶνος ἐπανισταμένου καὶ.. εἰς ἑαυτὸν ς. (with the respiration) Gal.8.744; εἰς ἑαυτό, of a tumour, disappear on pressure, Aët.7.86; συντρέχοντος τοῦ δέρματος διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν μαλακότητα yielding, Antyll. or lleliod. ap. Orib.45.18.33.

II run a race with, τινι Pl.Plt. 266c.

2 run alongside, X.Cyr.2.2.9; συμπαίξωμεν συνδράμωμεν Philostr.Ep.55
.

3 run away together, σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς γεωργοῖς PTeb. l.c. (unless in signf. 1.2).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συντρέχω
16 τροπή

τροπ-ή, ἡ, ([etym.] τρέπω)

A turn, turning:

I τροπαὶ ἠελίοιο:

a ὅθι τροπαὶ ἠελίοιο apparently denotes a point on the horizon, prob. the West or place where the sum sets (so Eust.1787.20), Od.15.404.

b each of two fixed points in the solar year, the solstices, first in Hes.,
ἠελίοιο τροπῇς
at the time of the (winter) solstice, Op.
479
; μετὰ τροπὰς ἠελ. ib.564,663 (with [dialect] Dor. acc. pl. in - ᾰς) ; πεδὰ τὰς τροπάς Alcm.33.5
:—later the two solstices were distinguished as τροπαὶ θεριναί and χειμεριναί, Hdt.2.19, Th.7.16, Pl.Lg. 767c, Arist. HA 542b4 sqq., Gal.6.405, etc. (rarely in sg., τροπὴ θερινή Arist.Mete. 364b2
, Gem.1.13; τ. χειμερινή ib.15); τροπαὶ νότιοι Arist.HA 542b11
; τ. βόρειοι, νότιοι, Plu.2.601a:—when τροπαί is used alone, it mostly refers to the winter solstice, but the sense is always determined by the context, v. Hes. ll. cc.; περὶ ἡλίου τροπάς (sc. χειμερινάς) Th.8.39; εὐθὺς ἐκ τροπῶν Arist.HA 542b20
:—sts. also of other heavenly bodies, Pl.Ti. 39d; περὶ Πλειάδος δύσιν καὶ τροπάς Arist.HA 542b23
, etc.; ἄστρων ἐπιτολάς, δύσεις, τροπάς Alex.30.5
; τροπὰς τῶν ἐνδεδεμένων ἄστρων Arist.Cael. 296b4
; τροπαὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης Epicur.Ep.2p.40U.
:—sts. four in number (the two equinoxes and two solstices), S.E.M.5.11, Gal.17(1).22; so (on a sun-dial) θερινὴ τ., ἰσημερινὴ τ., χειμερινὴ τ., Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 12.236
([place name] Samos).

2 turn, change, Arist.Pol. 1316a17; πλείους τραπόμενος τροπὰς τοῦ Εὐρίπου Aeschin. 3.90
; τ. πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον turn for the better, Phld.Rh.2.25S.; ὀξυτέρας τρεπόμενος τ. τοῦ χαμαιλέοντος Plu.Alc.23
; αἱ τοῦ κόλακος ὥσπερ πολύποδος τ. Id.2.52f
; αἱ τῶ αἵματος τ. καὶ ἀλλοιώσιες Ti.Locr.102c
; αἱ περὶ τὸν ἀέρα τ. changes in the air or weather, Plu.2.946f; of wine, a turning sour, ib.939f (cf. τροπίας); going bad, of food, τ. καὶ διαφθορὰ τῶν παρακειμένων Gal.19.208
; of phonetic change in language, A.D. Adv.210.4, Hdn.Gr.2.932.

3 τροπαὶ λέξεως a change of speech by figures or tropes ([etym.] τρόποι), Luc.Dem.Enc.6, cf. Hermog.Inv.4.10, al.

4 αἱ τροπαί, = αἱ τροπαῖαι, alternating winds, Arist.Pr. 940b16, 21, Thphr.CP2.3.1, Vent.26.

II the turning about of the enemy, putting to flight or routing him, τροπήν (or τροπάς) τινος ποιεῖν or ποιεῖσθαι put one to flight, Hdt.1.30, Ar.Eq. 246 (troch.), Th.2.19, 6.69, etc.; οἵαν ἂν τροπὴν Εὐρυσθέως θείμην ( θείην codd.) E.Heracl. 743; τροπὴ γινομένη Hdt.7.167
, cf. Th.1.49,50, etc.: poet., ἐν μάχης τροπῇ A.Ag. 1237
; ἐν τροπῇ δορός in the rout caused by the spear, S.Aj. 1275, E.Rh.82.

III used by Democr. for θέσις, position, Arist.Metaph. 985b17, 1042b14, cf. Plot.4.5.2, 4.5.6.

IV a coin, Hsch.; cf. τροπαϊκόν.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τροπή
17 ἀριθμός

ἀριθμός [ᾰ], (

A ἁρ- IG1.164
), ὁ, number, first in Od., λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν 4.451
; ἀριθμῷ παῦρα Semon.3
; ἓν ἀριθμῷ Hdt.3.6
; ἀριθμὸν ἕξ Id.1.14
, cf. 50; ἐς τὸν ἀ. τρισχίλια Id.7.97
; πλῆθος ἐς ἀ. the amount in point of number, ib.60; τὸν ἀ. δώδεκα Euphro11.11
; δύο τινὲς ἢ τρεῖς.. εἰς τὸν ἀ. Men.165
; ἔλαττον μήτε ὄγκῳ μήτε ἀριθμῷ Pl.Tht. 155a
; οὔτ' ἀριθμοῖς οὔτε μεγέθεσιν ἐλάττους Id.Lg. 861e
; σταθμῷ καὶ ἀ. X. Smp.4.45
; δι' ἀ. καὶ μέτρου Plu.Per.16
, cf. E.Tr. 620: prov., λέγειν ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν 'count the pebbles on the shore', Pi.O.13.46, cf. 2.98; οὐ γιγνώσκων ψήφων ἀριθμούς, of a blockhead, Ephipp. 19; οὔτ' ἀριθμὸν οὔτ' ἔλεγχον.. ἔχων Dionys.Com.3.13
.

2 amount, sum, πολὺς ἀ. χρόνου Aeschin.1.78
; ἀ. τῆς ὁδοῦ X.An.2.2.6
; ἀ. [χρυσίου] a sum of money, Id.Cyr.8.2.16.

3 ἀριθμῷ, abs., in certain numbers, Hdt.6.58; but
δένδρα ἀριθμῷ ὑμέτερα
by tale, Th.2.72
; ἀ. διδόναι Dionys.Com.3.6
.

4 item or term in a series, ὁ δεύτερος ἀ. E. Ion 1014
; τρίτον ὠδίνων ἀ. Epigr.Gr.574
; ναῦς πολλοὺς ἀ. ἄγνυται ναυαγίων E.Hel. 410
, cf. Arist.Po. 1461b24; τοὺς ἀ. τοῦ σώματος points of the body, Pl.Lg. 668d; τοὺς ἀ. ἑκάστου τῶν νοσημάτων Hp.Acut. 3
; τὸ καλὸν ἐκ πολλῶν ἀ. ἐπιτελεῖσθαι Plu.2.45c
: hence as a mark of completeness, πάντας τοὺς ἀ. περιλαβών Isoc.11.16
; τοῦ καθήκοντος τοὺς ἀριθμούς the sum total of duty, M.Ant.3.1.

5 number, account, as a mark of station, worth, rank, μετ' ἀνδρῶν ἵζει ἀριθμῷ takes his place among men, Od.11.449; εἰς ἀνδρῶν μὲν οὐ τελοῦσιν ἀ. E.Fr. 492
; εἰς ἀ. τῶν κακῶν πεφύκαμεν Id.Hec. 1186
; ξενίας ἀριθμῷ πρῶτ' ἔχειν ἐμῶν φίλων in regard of friendship, ib. 794; δειλοὶ γὰρ ἄνδρες οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐν μάχῃ ἀριθμόν have no account made of them, Id.Fr. 519; οὐδ' εἰς ἀ. ἥκει λόγων she comes not into my account, Id.El. 1054; ἀ. οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ λόγος ἐστί τινος Plu.2.682f
, cf. Call.Epigr.27.6, Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48.

6 mere number, quantity, opp. quality, ταῦτ' οὐκ ἀ. ἐστιν, ὦ πάτερ, λόγων a mere set of words, S.OC 382; of men, οὐκ ἀ. ἄλλως not a mere lot, E.Tr. 476; ἀριθμός, πρόβατ' ἄλλως Ar. Nu. 1203
; sometimes even of a single man, οὐκ ἀριθμὸν ἀλλ' ἐτητύμως ἄνδρ' ὄντα not a mere unit, E.Heracl. 997; also ἀριθμὸν πληροῦν to be a mere cipher, Chor.Milt.66.

II numbering, counting, μάσσων ἀριθμοῦ past counting, Pi.N.2.23; esp. in phrases, ἀ. ποιεῖσθαι τῶν νεῶν to hold a muster of.., Hdt.8.7; ποιεῖν X.An.7.1.7
, etc.; παρεῖναι εἰς τὸν ἀ. ib.II; εἴ τι δυνατὸν ἐς ἀ. ἐλθεῖν can be stated in numbers, Th.2.72.

III the science of numbers, arithmetic, ἀριθμόν, ἔξοχον σοφισμάτων A.Pr. 459
; ἀριθμῶν καὶ μέτρων εὑρήματα S.Fr. 432
; ἀ. καὶ λογισμὸν εὑρεῖν Pl.Phdr. 274c
, cf. R. 522c: prov., εἴπερ γὰρ ἀριθμὸν οἶδα E.Fr.360.19
.

IV in Philos., abstract number, Arist.Cat. 4b23, Metaph. 990a19, al.; ἀ. μαθηματικός ib. 1090b35; ἀ. οὐσιώδης, opp. τοῦ ποσοῦ, Plot.5.5.4; ἀ. ἑνιαῖος, οὐσιώδης, ἑτεροῖος, Dam.Pr. 228.

V Gramm., number, Stoic.3.214, D.T.634.16, A.D.Synt.32.2,al.; cf. ἑνικός, δυικός, πληθυντικός.

VI numeral, ib.36.6, etc.; ὁ τέσσαρα ἀ. S.E.M.7.96
; παιδὸς ἀ., = δεκάτη, E.El. 1132.

VII unknown quantity (x), defined as πλῆθος μονάδων ἀορίστων, Dioph.Def.2.

VIII Rhet., rhythm in Prose, in pl., D.H.Comp.23, Dem.52, cf. Arist.Rh. 1408b29; but also ἀριθμοὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων ποιητᾶν SIG703.7
(Delph.).

IX line of a book, Apollon. Cit.2.

X sum of numerical values of letters in a name, Apoc.13.17,al.; φιλῶ ἧς ἀριθμὸς φμέ Pompeian Inscr. in Rend.Linc.10(1901).257.

XI unit of troops, = Lat. numerus, CIG 5187 (vi A. D.), BGU 673 (vi A. D.), etc.; = legio, Jul.ad Ath.280d, Zos.5.26, PLond. 5.1711.69 (vi A. D.).

XII Astrol., mostly in pl., degrees traversed in a given time, Ptol.Tetr. 112, Doroth. in Cat.Cod.Astr.6.107.30; τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀ. at her normal speed, of the moon, Gal.19.531; also of degrees of latitude, Heph.Astr.2.8,3.1.

XIII Medic., in pl., precise conditions, παρόντων τῶν πρὸς τὴν φλεβοτομίαν ἀριθμῶν Herod.[voice] Med.in Rh.Mus.58.71, cf. Aret.CA2.3, prob. in Herod.Med. ap. Aët.9.2; cf. supr.1.4. [[pron. full] ῐ E.El. 1132, Ar.Nu. 1203.] ( ἀρῐ-θμός from root ἀρι-, cf. ἐπάριτος (q. v.), νήριτος.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀριθμός
18 ἐξελέγχω

ἐξελ-έγχω, strengthd. for ἐλέγχω,

A convict, confute, refute, Simon.75, S.OT 297, Ant. 399, Ar. Nu. 1062; τοῖς ἔργοις τοὺς λόγους ἐ. Antipho6.47
; ἐν τῷ δήμῳ ἐ. [τινά] D.21.16:—[voice] Pass., ἐπ' αἰσχραῖς αἰτίαις ἐξελήλεγκται Lys.6.44
; ὑπὸ τῶν εἰκότων Antipho 2.1.9
; ἔκ τινος Ar.Ra. 960
; ἐξελεγχόμενος περί τινος Pl.Hp.Ma. 304d
; ὑπ' ἐμοῦ ἐξελεγχθήσονται ἔργῳ Id.Ap. 17b
.

2 c. dupl. acc. pers. et rei, refute one in a point, ib. 23a, Ly. 222d:— [voice] Pass., τοσοῦτον.. ἡλίκον οὗτος νῦν ἐξελήλεγκται has been convicted of.., D.21.147; οὐ τοῦτό γ' ἐξελέγχομαι I am not to blame in this, E. El.36.

3 with predicate added in part., convict one of being.., ἐ. τινὰ ἀδύνατον ὄντα Pl.Grg. 522d
; ἐ. τινὰ τεχνάζοντα D.29.19
; ἐ. τινὰ ὡς οὐ.. Pl.Grg. 482b
:—[voice] Pass., ἵν' ἐξελέγχοισθε πονηρευόμενοι Heraclit.125a
; κἀξελέγχεται.. κάκιστος ὤν E.Hipp. 944
; ἐξελέγχεται συμβεβουλευκώς D.19.5
, etc.

II put to the proof, bring to the test, ὁ ἐξελέγχων.. ἀλάθειαν χρόνος Pi.O.10(11).53
; in a court of justice, A.Eu. 433; τὴν ποίησιν Ar.Ra. 1366
; ἐ. τὴν τύχην, τὰς ἐλπίδας, Plb. 21.14.4, 1.62.4; ἐ. τοὺς Θηβαίους εἰ διαμαχοῦνται Plu.Ages.19
:— [voice] Pass., πάντες ἦσαν ἐξεληλεγμένοι all had had their sentiments well ascertained, D.18.23; ἃ δ' ἡ φύσις ἀεὶ ἐβούλετο, ἐξηλέγχθη ἐς τὸ ἀληθές was fully proved to be true, Th.3.64; χρυσὸς μὲν οἶδεν ἐξελέγχεσθαι πυρί Men.691
.

2 Medic., find out one's weak points, Gal.15.902:— [voice] Pass., Id.6.323.

III compute, χαλκὸν μυρίον Pi.N.10.46
.

IV establish a claim to, ὀγδοήκοντα τάλαντα D.38.20
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐξελέγχω
19 ἐπικρατέω

ἐπικρᾰτ-έω ([dialect] Aeol. [suff] ἐπικρᾰτ-κρετέω prob. in Alc.82),

A rule over, c. dat., νήεσσιν ἐπικρατέουσιν ἄριστοι Il.10.214
; νήσοισιν Od.1.245
: abs., have or hold power, εὖτ' ἂν μηκέτ' ἐπικρατέωσιν ἄνακτες 17.320
, cf. 14.60, Archil.69.

II. prevail in battle, be victorious, ἐπικρατέουσί περ ἔμπης [to them] though they are victorious as it is, Il.14.98, cf. Ar.Lys. 767; ἐ. ἢ ἀπόλλυσθαι conquer or die, Hdt.7.104; ἐ. τῇ στάσι Id.1.173
; ἐ. τὰ πλείω τοῦ πολέμου gain the advantage in most points in the war, Th.4.19.

2. freq. c.gen., prevail over, get the mastery of an enemy, ἐ. μάχῃ τῶν Γελῴων Hdt.7.155
; τῶν ἐχθρῶν Id.8.94
, Lys.34.4; τῆς τινων πονηρίας Id.22.16
; ἐ. αὐτῶν (- οῦ codd.) παρὰ τῷ βασιλέϊ, in a suit at law, Hdt.4.65; ἰσχυρὰ ἐ. ἀνδρὸς Ἀνάγκη Philet.8
; ἐ. τοῦ πυρός Hdt.1.86
; γήρως Pl.Lg. 752a
; ὑμῶν -ήσω τῷ κοάξ Ar.Ra. 267
.

3. rarely c. acc., master, conquer, τὰς τῆς φύσεως ἁμαρτίας Isoc.1.52
; δύο βασιλέας D.C.36.16
:—[voice] Pass., - ηθεῖσα (sc. ἡ δεξιά), in left-handed persons, Sor.1.111.

4. c. gen., become master of, τῶν πραγμάτων Hdt.4.164
; τῆς θαλάσσης Id.1.17
,al.; τῶν πολίων, τῶν νεῶν, Id.6.32, 115; τῆς ἀναγκαίου τροφῆς, τῆς ἀναβάσεως, Th.1.2,7.42; τῶν ἐρώτων Pi.N.8.5
, etc.

b. to be in possession of, [ οἰκίας]PRyl.160.3 (i A.D.), etc.

5. generally, prevail, be superior, πλήθεϊ Hdt.5.2
; πολὺ τῷ ναυτικῷ Th.2.93
; τὰ πλείω τῷ πεζῷ Id.7.63
; κατὰ θάλασσαν X.HG7.1.6
: c. inf., they carried the point that.., Th. 5.46; ἐπεκράτουν μὴ δέχεσθαι τοὺς Ἀθηναίους Id.6.74
.

b. metaph., prevail, τὸ ἀνθρώπινον ἦθος ἐπεκράτει Pl.Criti. 121b
; τὸ δίκαιον Men. Epit.16
; τὸ ψῦχος, τὸ ὑγρόν, Arist.Mete. 347b26, MM 1210a20; τὸ ὄνομα Plb.2.38.1
; ὁ λόγος D.S.5.62
; ὁ τραχὺς ἦχος Phld.Po.994.33
.

6. c. part., ἐ. διαιροῦντες succeed in keeping it open, Arist. GA 773a29.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπικρατέω
20 ἐφάπτω

ἐφάπτ-ω, [dialect] Ion. [full] ἐπάπτω,

A bind on or to, πότμον ἐφάψαις ὀρφανόν having fixed it as his doom, Pi.O.9.60; τί δ'.. ἐγὼ λύουσ' ἂν ἢ 'φάπτουσα προσθείμην πλέον; what should I gain by undoing or by making fast [ Creon's command]? v.l. in S.Ant.40; ἔγνω.. τοὔργον κατ' ὀργὴν ὡς ἐφάψειεν τόδε he knew that she had made fast (i.e. perpetrated) the deed, Id.Tr. 933:—[voice] Pass., [ per.] 3sg. [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. ἐφῆπται, -το, is or was hung over one, fixed as one's fate or doom, c. dat. pers., Τρώεσσι κήδἐ ἐφῆπται Il.2.15
, cf. 6.241; Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται 7.402
, cf. Od.22.41; ἐφῆπτο ib.33; ἀθανάτοισιν ἔρις καὶ νεῖκος ἐφῆπται Il.21.513
.

II [voice] Med., [tense] aor. 1 ἐφηψάμην, [ per.] 3sg. ἐφάψατο Pi.P.8.63
; lay hold of, once in Hom., ἐπὴν χείρεσσιν ἐφάψεαι ἠπείροιο Od.5.348
, cf. Thgn.6, A.Supp. 412, etc.; ἱκέτης ἔφαψαι πατρός S.Aj. 1172
, etc.; ξίφους E.El. 1225
(lyr.); partake of food, Iamb.VP3.17; treat, ἰατρῶν δίκην ἐ. Philostr.VA8.7; ἐπεί γε τοῦδ' ἐφάπτομαι τόπου reach it, E.Hel. 556; σκοπιᾶς ἐφάψασθαι ποδοῖν Pi.N.9.47
.

b Geom., touch, Euc. 3 Def.3, etc.; in Arist., of a circle, pass through angular points, Mete. 376b9; of a point, lie on a circle as locus, ib. 376a6.

c as lawterm, c.gen., claim as one's property, S.OC 859, Pl.Lg. 915c, GDI1883.17 (Delph.), Milet.3 No.140.29: c. dat., GDI1780.8 (Delph.).

d generally, lay violent hands upon, τοίχου, ἱματίου, Pl.R. 574d.

2 lay hold of or reach with the mind, attain to, τοῦ ἀληθοῦς Id.Smp. 212a
; ἐ. τινὸς μνήμῃ, αἰσθήσει, Id.Phdr. 253a, Phd. 65d; ἐ. ἀμφοῖν τῇ ψυχῇ Id.Tht. 190c
(c. acc., dub. in Lg. 664e); ἐ. λόγων touch upon, meddle with, Pi.O.9.12; ζητημάτων Pl.Lg. 891c
; apply oneself to, ἐξηγήσεως Gal.16.558
.

3 c. dat. rei, apply oneself to, ἔπεσι, τέχναις, κελεύθοις ζωᾶς, Pi.O.1.86, P.8.63, N.8.36.

4 c. gen. rei, εἴδεος ἐπαμμένος possessing a certain degree of beauty, Hdt.1.199, 8.105; τὰ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἁπάσης ταύτης τῆς ἕξεως ἐφαπτόμενα [ σώματα] bodies possessing all these qualities in moderation, Pl.Lg. 728e; θηριώδους καὶ ἀλόγου μᾶλλον ἢ λογικῆς ἐφάπτεσθαι δοκεῖ φωνῆς, of the sibilant s, D.H.Comp.14.

5 follow, come next, f.l. for ἐφεψάσθω, Theoc.9.2.

III [voice] Pass., to be kindled: hence, blush, Id.14.23.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐφάπτω

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Point de suspension — Points de suspension … Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons ( < > ) · Crochets ( [ ] ) Guillemets ( « » ou “ ”… … Wikipédia en Français
Point d'arrêt (musique) — Point d orgue En solfège, on appelle point d orgue un signe en forme de point surmonté d un demi cercle, dont la fonction habituelle est de prolonger la durée de la figure de note ou de silence sur (ou sous) laquelle il est placé, ceci, au gré de … Wikipédia en Français
Point — may refer to the following: Contents 1 Business and finance 2 Engineering 3 Entertainment … Wikipedia
Point (ponctuation) — Point (signe) Pour les articles homonymes, voir point. . Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons ( < > ) · … Wikipédia en Français
Point diplomatique — Point (signe) Pour les articles homonymes, voir point. . Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons ( < > ) · … Wikipédia en Français
Point d’exclamation — Point d exclamation ¡ ! Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons ( < > ) · Crochets ( [ ] ) Guillemets ( « » ou… … Wikipédia en Français
Point median — Point médian · Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons ( < > ) · Crochets ( [ ] ) Guillemets ( « » ou “ ” ) … … Wikipédia en Français
Point en chef — Point suscrit Pour les articles homonymes, voir point. Ȧ ȧ Ḃ ḃ Ċ ċ Ḋ … Wikipédia en Français
Points-virgules — Point virgule Pour les articles homonymes, voir point et virgule. ; Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons ( … Wikipédia en Français
Point exclarogatif — Point exclarrogatif ‽ Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons ( < > ) · Crochets ( [ ] ) Guillemets ( « » ou “ ”… … Wikipédia en Français
Point dironie — Point d ironie Pour l’article homonyme, voir Point d ironie (art contemporain). ؟ Ponctuation Accolades ( { } ) · Parenthèses ( ( ) ) Chevrons (& … Wikipédia en Français

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

points point

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

points point

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: